From 4e5f3e4aab46ab6eae36d830d5be46f6c37624ab Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ashley Date: Thu, 12 Dec 2024 19:54:26 -0500 Subject: [PATCH] [Remove Quotes] Removed quotes from discussions get-started github-models graphql (#53591) Co-authored-by: Vanessa --- .../about-discussions.md | 28 +++---- ...ting-with-maintainers-using-discussions.md | 22 +++--- .../participating-in-a-discussion.md | 10 +-- ...s-for-community-conversations-on-github.md | 16 ++-- .../guides/finding-your-discussions.md | 6 +- ...-higher-permissions-to-top-contributors.md | 6 +- .../creating-discussion-category-forms.md | 12 +-- .../managing-categories-for-discussions.md | 2 +- .../managing-discussions.md | 22 +++--- .../moderating-discussions.md | 6 +- .../syntax-for-discussion-category-forms.md | 2 +- content/discussions/quickstart.md | 14 ++-- .../accessibility/github-command-palette.md | 76 +++++++++---------- .../accessibility/keyboard-shortcuts.md | 68 ++++++++--------- .../managing-your-theme-settings.md | 6 +- ...hive-program-for-your-public-repository.md | 2 +- ...-archive-of-your-personal-accounts-data.md | 6 +- .../about-building-integrations.md | 18 ++--- .../about-using-integrations.md | 14 ++-- .../featured-github-integrations.md | 2 +- .../contributing-to-a-project.md | 18 ++--- ...-to-contribute-to-open-source-on-github.md | 8 +- .../following-organizations.md | 4 +- .../following-people.md | 6 +- .../saving-repositories-with-stars.md | 4 +- .../about-remote-repositories.md | 22 +++--- .../associating-text-editors-with-git.md | 16 ++-- .../caching-your-github-credentials-in-git.md | 8 +- .../git-cheatsheet.md | 2 +- .../getting-started-with-git/git-workflows.md | 2 +- .../ignoring-files.md | 4 +- .../managing-remote-repositories.md | 8 +- .../getting-started-with-git/set-up-git.md | 8 +- .../setting-your-username-in-git.md | 2 +- ...ing-credentials-from-the-macos-keychain.md | 2 +- ...hy-is-git-always-asking-for-my-password.md | 6 +- .../about-github-advanced-security.md | 26 +++---- .../access-permissions-on-github.md | 18 ++--- .../faq-about-changes-to-githubs-plans.md | 10 +-- .../github-language-support.md | 2 +- .../learning-about-github/githubs-plans.md | 20 ++--- .../types-of-github-accounts.md | 26 +++---- ...ng-started-with-github-enterprise-cloud.md | 50 ++++++------ ...g-started-with-github-enterprise-server.md | 40 +++++----- .../getting-started-with-github-team.md | 16 ++-- ...etting-started-with-your-github-account.md | 70 ++++++++--------- .../about-github-and-git.md | 8 +- .../creating-an-account-on-github.md | 16 ++-- .../downloading-files-from-github.md | 8 +- .../finding-inspiration-on-github.md | 8 +- .../git-and-github-learning-resources.md | 12 +-- .../start-your-journey/hello-world.md | 10 +-- .../setting-up-your-profile.md | 20 ++--- .../uploading-a-project-to-github.md | 24 +++--- .../get-started/using-git/about-git-rebase.md | 8 +- .../using-git/about-git-subtree-merges.md | 2 +- content/get-started/using-git/about-git.md | 6 +- ...cial-characters-in-branch-and-tag-names.md | 4 +- ...etting-changes-from-a-remote-repository.md | 4 +- .../pushing-commits-to-a-remote-repository.md | 12 +-- ...g-a-subfolder-out-into-a-new-repository.md | 2 +- .../troubleshooting-the-2-gb-push-limit.md | 4 +- .../using-git-rebase-on-the-command-line.md | 2 +- .../about-versions-of-github-docs.md | 8 +- ...hubs-services-from-a-restricted-network.md | 2 +- .../using-github/communicating-on-github.md | 10 +-- .../using-github/connecting-to-github.md | 30 ++++---- .../get-started/using-github/github-flow.md | 24 +++--- .../get-started/using-github/github-mobile.md | 12 +-- .../troubleshooting-connectivity-problems.md | 10 +-- ...-differences-between-subversion-and-git.md | 4 +- .../creating-gists.md | 8 +- .../forking-and-cloning-gists.md | 2 +- .../saving-gists-with-stars.md | 2 +- .../about-writing-and-formatting-on-github.md | 8 +- .../basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax.md | 26 +++---- .../quickstart-for-writing-on-github.md | 16 ++-- .../about-task-lists.md | 4 +- .../attaching-files.md | 2 +- .../autolinked-references-and-urls.md | 6 +- ...ting-a-permanent-link-to-a-code-snippet.md | 6 +- .../creating-and-highlighting-code-blocks.md | 4 +- .../creating-diagrams.md | 10 +-- ...ing-information-with-collapsed-sections.md | 2 +- .../organizing-information-with-tables.md | 2 +- ...ng-keywords-in-issues-and-pull-requests.md | 4 +- .../writing-mathematical-expressions.md | 2 +- .../about-saved-replies.md | 8 +- .../creating-a-saved-reply.md | 8 +- .../editing-a-saved-reply.md | 6 +- .../using-saved-replies.md | 8 +- ...i-models-into-your-development-workflow.md | 6 +- .../prototyping-with-ai-models.md | 4 +- .../guides/forming-calls-with-graphql.md | 14 ++-- .../graphql/guides/introduction-to-graphql.md | 10 +-- .../guides/managing-enterprise-accounts.md | 12 +-- .../guides/migrating-from-rest-to-graphql.md | 2 +- .../migrating-graphql-global-node-ids.md | 4 +- .../graphql/guides/using-global-node-ids.md | 6 +- .../using-pagination-in-the-graphql-api.md | 4 +- content/graphql/guides/using-the-explorer.md | 4 +- .../using-the-graphql-api-for-discussions.md | 10 +-- .../graphql/overview/about-the-graphql-api.md | 2 +- content/graphql/overview/explorer.md | 2 +- ...its-and-node-limits-for-the-graphql-api.md | 10 +-- content/graphql/reference/enums.md | 2 +- content/graphql/reference/input-objects.md | 2 +- content/graphql/reference/interfaces.md | 2 +- content/graphql/reference/mutations.md | 2 +- content/graphql/reference/objects.md | 2 +- content/graphql/reference/queries.md | 2 +- content/graphql/reference/scalars.md | 2 +- content/graphql/reference/unions.md | 2 +- 113 files changed, 613 insertions(+), 613 deletions(-) diff --git a/content/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions.md b/content/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions.md index 8c96c1c6a27a..2b0b3a8df08a 100644 --- a/content/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions.md +++ b/content/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions.md @@ -20,13 +20,13 @@ With {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %}, the community for your p You might use repository discussions to discuss topics that are specific to the repository. If your project spans multiple repositories, you might use organization discussions to discuss topics that aren't specific to a single repository in your organization. -{% ifversion discussions-closable %}{% data reusables.discussions.closing-discussions %} For more information, see "[Closing a discussion](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions#closing-a-discussion)."{% else %}You don't need to close a discussion like you close an issue or a pull request.{% endif %} +{% ifversion discussions-closable %}{% data reusables.discussions.closing-discussions %} For more information, see [Closing a discussion](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions#closing-a-discussion).{% else %}You don't need to close a discussion like you close an issue or a pull request.{% endif %} If a repository administrator or project maintainer enables {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} for a repository, anyone who has access to the repository can create and participate in discussions for the repository. If an organization owner enables {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} for an organization, anyone who can view the source repository can create an organization discussion. -Repository administrators and project maintainers can manage discussions and discussion categories in a repository, and pin discussions to increase the visibility of the discussion. Moderators and collaborators can mark comments as answers, lock discussions, and convert issues to discussions. Similarly, for organization discussions, the role of a user in the source repository determines how a user can interact with organization discussions. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/organizations/managing-user-access-to-your-organizations-repositories/managing-repository-roles/repository-roles-for-an-organization)." +Repository administrators and project maintainers can manage discussions and discussion categories in a repository, and pin discussions to increase the visibility of the discussion. Moderators and collaborators can mark comments as answers, lock discussions, and convert issues to discussions. Similarly, for organization discussions, the role of a user in the source repository determines how a user can interact with organization discussions. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/organizations/managing-user-access-to-your-organizations-repositories/managing-repository-roles/repository-roles-for-an-organization). -For more information about management of discussions, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions)." +For more information about management of discussions, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions). ## About polls @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Polls require a question and at least two options. You can add a maximum of eigh Voters cannot change their vote. Editing a poll will reset any votes that have already been cast. -For more information on creating polls, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/participating-in-a-discussion#creating-a-poll)." +For more information on creating polls, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/participating-in-a-discussion#creating-a-poll). ## About discussion organization @@ -51,19 +51,19 @@ For discussions with a question/answer format, an individual comment within the {% ifversion discussions-category-section %} {% data reusables.discussions.category-sections %}{% endif %} -For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-categories-for-discussions)." +For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-categories-for-discussions). {% data reusables.discussions.you-can-label-discussions %} ## Best practices for {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} -As a community member or maintainer, start a discussion to ask a question or discuss information that affects the community. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/collaborating-with-maintainers-using-discussions)." +As a community member or maintainer, start a discussion to ask a question or discuss information that affects the community. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/collaborating-with-maintainers-using-discussions). -Participate in a discussion to ask and answer questions, provide feedback, and engage with the project's community. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/participating-in-a-discussion)." +Participate in a discussion to ask and answer questions, provide feedback, and engage with the project's community. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/participating-in-a-discussion). -You can spotlight discussions that contain important, useful, or exemplary conversations among members in the community. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions#pinning-a-discussion)." +You can spotlight discussions that contain important, useful, or exemplary conversations among members in the community. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions#pinning-a-discussion). -{% data reusables.discussions.you-can-convert-an-issue %} For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions#converting-an-issue-to-a-discussion)." +{% data reusables.discussions.you-can-convert-an-issue %} For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions#converting-an-issue-to-a-discussion). ## Sharing feedback @@ -71,8 +71,8 @@ You can share your feedback about {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/about-writing-and-formatting-on-github)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/search-github/searching-on-github/searching-discussions)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/managing-subscriptions-and-notifications-on-github/setting-up-notifications/about-notifications)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/communities/moderating-comments-and-conversations)"{% ifversion fpt or ghec %} -* "[AUTOTITLE](/communities/maintaining-your-safety-on-github)"{% endif %} +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/about-writing-and-formatting-on-github) +* [AUTOTITLE](/search-github/searching-on-github/searching-discussions) +* [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/managing-subscriptions-and-notifications-on-github/setting-up-notifications/about-notifications) +* [AUTOTITLE](/communities/moderating-comments-and-conversations){% ifversion fpt or ghec %} +* [AUTOTITLE](/communities/maintaining-your-safety-on-github){% endif %} diff --git a/content/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/collaborating-with-maintainers-using-discussions.md b/content/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/collaborating-with-maintainers-using-discussions.md index 1866bcc6021d..935da9e5dc14 100644 --- a/content/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/collaborating-with-maintainers-using-discussions.md +++ b/content/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/collaborating-with-maintainers-using-discussions.md @@ -10,27 +10,27 @@ versions: ## About collaboration with maintainers using {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} -{% data reusables.discussions.about-discussions %} If you use or contribute to a project, you can start a discussion to make suggestions and engage with maintainers and community members about your plans, questions, ideas, and feedback. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions)." +{% data reusables.discussions.about-discussions %} If you use or contribute to a project, you can start a discussion to make suggestions and engage with maintainers and community members about your plans, questions, ideas, and feedback. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions). {% data reusables.discussions.about-categories-and-formats %} {% data reusables.discussions.about-announcement-format %} -Repository administrators and project maintainers can delete a discussion in that repository. Similarly, administrators and maintainers of the source repository for an organization's discussions can delete a discussion in that organization. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions#deleting-a-discussion)." +Repository administrators and project maintainers can delete a discussion in that repository. Similarly, administrators and maintainers of the source repository for an organization's discussions can delete a discussion in that organization. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions#deleting-a-discussion). -{% data reusables.discussions.github-recognizes-members %} {%- ifversion fpt %} These members appear in a list of the most helpful contributors to the project's discussions, if their privacy settings allow. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-github-profile/customizing-your-profile/setting-your-profile-to-private)."{%- endif %}{%- ifversion ghes or ghec %} These members appear in a list of the most helpful contributors to the project's discussions.{%- endif %} +{% data reusables.discussions.github-recognizes-members %} {%- ifversion fpt %} These members appear in a list of the most helpful contributors to the project's discussions, if their privacy settings allow. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-github-profile/customizing-your-profile/setting-your-profile-to-private).{%- endif %}{%- ifversion ghes or ghec %} These members appear in a list of the most helpful contributors to the project's discussions.{%- endif %} -As your project grows, you can grant higher access permissions to active members of your community. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/guides/granting-higher-permissions-to-top-contributors)." +As your project grows, you can grant higher access permissions to active members of your community. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/guides/granting-higher-permissions-to-top-contributors). ![Screenshot of the "Discussions" page in a repository. The "Most helpful" section is outlined in dark orange.](/assets/images/help/discussions/most-helpful.png) Community members can upvote discussions and top-level comments inside discussions to communicate with maintainers about ideas that matter to them. Project maintainers can then sort discussions and comments based on upvotes to gain insight into what community members value. -For more information about participation in discussions, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/participating-in-a-discussion)." +For more information about participation in discussions, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/participating-in-a-discussion). ## Prerequisites -To collaborate with maintainers in repository discussions, a repository administrator or project maintainer must enable {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} for the repository. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/managing-your-repositorys-settings-and-features/enabling-features-for-your-repository/enabling-or-disabling-github-discussions-for-a-repository)." +To collaborate with maintainers in repository discussions, a repository administrator or project maintainer must enable {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} for the repository. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/managing-your-repositorys-settings-and-features/enabling-features-for-your-repository/enabling-or-disabling-github-discussions-for-a-repository). -To collaborate with maintainers in organization discussions, {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} must be enabled for the organization. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/organizations/managing-organization-settings/enabling-or-disabling-github-discussions-for-an-organization)." +To collaborate with maintainers in organization discussions, {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} must be enabled for the organization. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/organizations/managing-organization-settings/enabling-or-disabling-github-discussions-for-an-organization). ## Starting a discussion @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ To collaborate with maintainers in organization discussions, {% data variables.p ## Filtering the list of discussions -You can search for discussions and filter the list of discussions in a repository or organization. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/search-github/searching-on-github/searching-discussions)." +You can search for discussions and filter the list of discussions in a repository or organization. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/search-github/searching-on-github/searching-discussions). {% data reusables.discussions.navigate-to-repo-or-org %} {% data reusables.discussions.discussions-tab %} @@ -83,11 +83,11 @@ You can choose how to sort top-level comments in discussions. Comment threads do ## Converting an issue to a discussion -{% data reusables.discussions.you-can-convert-an-issue %} For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions#converting-an-issue-to-a-discussion)." +{% data reusables.discussions.you-can-convert-an-issue %} For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions#converting-an-issue-to-a-discussion). ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/about-writing-and-formatting-on-github)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/about-writing-and-formatting-on-github) {%- ifversion fpt or ghec %} -* "[AUTOTITLE](/communities/maintaining-your-safety-on-github)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/communities/maintaining-your-safety-on-github) {%- endif %} diff --git a/content/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/participating-in-a-discussion.md b/content/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/participating-in-a-discussion.md index a5a5f703f30b..25dff1adc39b 100644 --- a/content/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/participating-in-a-discussion.md +++ b/content/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/participating-in-a-discussion.md @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ shortTitle: Participate in discussion ## About participation in a discussion -{% data reusables.discussions.about-discussions %} For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions)." +{% data reusables.discussions.about-discussions %} For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions). In addition to starting or viewing discussions and polls, you can: @@ -19,11 +19,11 @@ In addition to starting or viewing discussions and polls, you can: * React to comments with emoji * Upvote discussions and top-level comments to give them more visibility -{% ifversion fpt or ghec %}You can block users and report disruptive content to maintain a safe and pleasant environment for yourself on {% data variables.product.product_name %}. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/communities/maintaining-your-safety-on-github)."{% endif %} +{% ifversion fpt or ghec %}You can block users and report disruptive content to maintain a safe and pleasant environment for yourself on {% data variables.product.product_name %}. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/communities/maintaining-your-safety-on-github).{% endif %} ## Prerequisites -{% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} must be enabled for the repository or organization for you to participate in a discussion in the repository or organization. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/managing-your-repositorys-settings-and-features/enabling-features-for-your-repository/enabling-or-disabling-github-discussions-for-a-repository)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/organizations/managing-organization-settings/enabling-or-disabling-github-discussions-for-an-organization)." +{% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} must be enabled for the repository or organization for you to participate in a discussion in the repository or organization. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/managing-your-repositorys-settings-and-features/enabling-features-for-your-repository/enabling-or-disabling-github-discussions-for-a-repository) and [AUTOTITLE](/organizations/managing-organization-settings/enabling-or-disabling-github-discussions-for-an-organization). ## Creating a discussion @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Similarly, discussion authors and users with the triage role or greater for the ## Upvoting a discussion -You can upvote discussions to give more visibility to the topics that matter to you, and sort discussions to see which have been upvoted the most. For more information on sorting discussions, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/collaborating-with-maintainers-using-discussions#sorting-the-list-of-discussions)." +You can upvote discussions to give more visibility to the topics that matter to you, and sort discussions to see which have been upvoted the most. For more information on sorting discussions, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/collaborating-with-maintainers-using-discussions#sorting-the-list-of-discussions). {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.discussions.discussions-tab %} @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ You can upvote discussions to give more visibility to the topics that matter to ## Upvoting a comment -You can upvote top-level comments in discussions, and sort top-level comments to see which comments have been upvoted the most. For more information on sorting comments, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/collaborating-with-maintainers-using-discussions#sorting-top-level-comments-in-discussions)." +You can upvote top-level comments in discussions, and sort top-level comments to see which comments have been upvoted the most. For more information on sorting comments, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/collaborating-with-maintainers-using-discussions#sorting-top-level-comments-in-discussions). {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.discussions.discussions-tab %} diff --git a/content/discussions/guides/best-practices-for-community-conversations-on-github.md b/content/discussions/guides/best-practices-for-community-conversations-on-github.md index 3aea1c7d76b5..6b5e641ee753 100644 --- a/content/discussions/guides/best-practices-for-community-conversations-on-github.md +++ b/content/discussions/guides/best-practices-for-community-conversations-on-github.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Since {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} is an open forum, there * Capturing a diverse experience and distilling it down to main points * Opening an issue to take action based on the conversation, where applicable -For more information about opening an issue and cross-referencing a discussion, see "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/creating-an-issue)." +For more information about opening an issue and cross-referencing a discussion, see [AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/creating-an-issue). ## Learning about conversations on GitHub @@ -29,21 +29,21 @@ You can use {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} to discuss big pic You might use repository discussions to discuss topics that are specific to the repository. If your project spans multiple repositories, you might use organization discussions to discuss topics that aren't specific to a single repository in your organization. -Issues are useful for discussing specific details of a project such as bug reports and planned improvements. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/about-issues)." Pull requests allow you to comment directly on proposed changes. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/proposing-changes-to-your-work-with-pull-requests/about-pull-requests)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/reviewing-changes-in-pull-requests/commenting-on-a-pull-request)." +Issues are useful for discussing specific details of a project such as bug reports and planned improvements. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/about-issues). Pull requests allow you to comment directly on proposed changes. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/proposing-changes-to-your-work-with-pull-requests/about-pull-requests) and [AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/reviewing-changes-in-pull-requests/commenting-on-a-pull-request). ## Following contributing guidelines Before you open a discussion in a repository, check to see if the repository has contributing guidelines. The CONTRIBUTING file includes information about how the repository maintainer would like you to contribute ideas to the project. -For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/communities/setting-up-your-project-for-healthy-contributions)." +For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/communities/setting-up-your-project-for-healthy-contributions). ## Next steps -To continue learning about {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} and quickly create a discussion for your community, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/quickstart)." +To continue learning about {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} and quickly create a discussion for your community, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/quickstart). ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/communities/setting-up-your-project-for-healthy-contributions)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/communities/using-templates-to-encourage-useful-issues-and-pull-requests)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/communities/moderating-comments-and-conversations)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/communities/setting-up-your-project-for-healthy-contributions) +* [AUTOTITLE](/communities/using-templates-to-encourage-useful-issues-and-pull-requests) +* [AUTOTITLE](/communities/moderating-comments-and-conversations) +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github) diff --git a/content/discussions/guides/finding-your-discussions.md b/content/discussions/guides/finding-your-discussions.md index 48852eecb915..1e9bfc2fdf45 100644 --- a/content/discussions/guides/finding-your-discussions.md +++ b/content/discussions/guides/finding-your-discussions.md @@ -25,6 +25,6 @@ redirect_from: ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/search-github/searching-on-github/searching-discussions)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/search-github/searching-on-github/searching-discussions) +* [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions) +* [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community) diff --git a/content/discussions/guides/granting-higher-permissions-to-top-contributors.md b/content/discussions/guides/granting-higher-permissions-to-top-contributors.md index b8a5556a40df..1e012e55c3ef 100644 --- a/content/discussions/guides/granting-higher-permissions-to-top-contributors.md +++ b/content/discussions/guides/granting-higher-permissions-to-top-contributors.md @@ -21,13 +21,13 @@ The most helpful contributors for the past 30 days are highlighted on the {% dat ## Step 2: Review permission levels for {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} -People with triage permissions for a repository can help moderate that repository's discussions by marking comments as answers, locking discussions that are no longer useful or are damaging to the community, and converting issues to discussions when an idea is still in the early stages of development. Similarly, people with triage permissions for the source repository for organization discussions can moderate the organization's discussions. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions)." +People with triage permissions for a repository can help moderate that repository's discussions by marking comments as answers, locking discussions that are no longer useful or are damaging to the community, and converting issues to discussions when an idea is still in the early stages of development. Similarly, people with triage permissions for the source repository for organization discussions can moderate the organization's discussions. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions). -For more information about repository permission levels and {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %}, see "[AUTOTITLE](/organizations/managing-user-access-to-your-organizations-repositories/managing-repository-roles/repository-roles-for-an-organization)." +For more information about repository permission levels and {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %}, see [AUTOTITLE](/organizations/managing-user-access-to-your-organizations-repositories/managing-repository-roles/repository-roles-for-an-organization). ## Step 3: Change permissions levels for top contributors -You can change a contributor's permission levels to give them more access to the tooling they need to moderate GitHub Discussions. To change a person's or team's permission levels, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/managing-your-repositorys-settings-and-features/managing-repository-settings/managing-teams-and-people-with-access-to-your-repository)." +You can change a contributor's permission levels to give them more access to the tooling they need to moderate GitHub Discussions. To change a person's or team's permission levels, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/managing-your-repositorys-settings-and-features/managing-repository-settings/managing-teams-and-people-with-access-to-your-repository). ## Step 4: Notify community members of elevated access diff --git a/content/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/creating-discussion-category-forms.md b/content/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/creating-discussion-category-forms.md index 3f96632f0de8..a9f21fb83e73 100644 --- a/content/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/creating-discussion-category-forms.md +++ b/content/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/creating-discussion-category-forms.md @@ -8,15 +8,15 @@ versions: ## About discussion category forms -You can encourage community members to include specific, structured information in their discussions by using discussion forms in your repository. With discussion category forms, you can create discussion templates that have customizable web form fields. Discussion forms are written in YAML using the {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} form schema. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/communities/using-templates-to-encourage-useful-issues-and-pull-requests/syntax-for-githubs-form-schema)." +You can encourage community members to include specific, structured information in their discussions by using discussion forms in your repository. With discussion category forms, you can create discussion templates that have customizable web form fields. Discussion forms are written in YAML using the {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} form schema. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/communities/using-templates-to-encourage-useful-issues-and-pull-requests/syntax-for-githubs-form-schema). {% data reusables.actions.learn-more-about-yaml %} To use a discussion category form in your repository, you must create a new file and add it to the `/.github/DISCUSSION_TEMPLATE/` folder in your repository. -You can also create discussion category forms for your organization. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/communities/setting-up-your-project-for-healthy-contributions/creating-a-default-community-health-file)." +You can also create discussion category forms for your organization. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/communities/setting-up-your-project-for-healthy-contributions/creating-a-default-community-health-file). -Discussion category forms are not supported for polls. For more information about polls, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions#about-polls)." +Discussion category forms are not supported for polls. For more information about polls, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions#about-polls). Here is the rendered version of the issue form. @@ -27,6 +27,6 @@ Here is the rendered version of the issue form. People with write access to a repository can create a discussion category form. 1. Navigate to the repository where you want to create a discussion category form. -1. In your repository, create a file called `/.github/DISCUSSION_TEMPLATE/FORM-NAME.yml`, replacing `FORM-NAME` with the name for your discussion category form. {% data reusables.discussions.discussion-category-forms-name %} For more information about creating new files on GitHub, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/managing-files/creating-new-files)." -1. In the body of the new file, type the contents of your discussion category form. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/syntax-for-discussion-category-forms)." -1. Commit your file to the default branch of your repository. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/managing-files/creating-new-files)." +1. In your repository, create a file called `/.github/DISCUSSION_TEMPLATE/FORM-NAME.yml`, replacing `FORM-NAME` with the name for your discussion category form. {% data reusables.discussions.discussion-category-forms-name %} For more information about creating new files on GitHub, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/managing-files/creating-new-files). +1. In the body of the new file, type the contents of your discussion category form. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/syntax-for-discussion-category-forms). +1. Commit your file to the default branch of your repository. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/managing-files/creating-new-files). diff --git a/content/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-categories-for-discussions.md b/content/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-categories-for-discussions.md index ff14af998c46..fe7324881dac 100644 --- a/content/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-categories-for-discussions.md +++ b/content/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-categories-for-discussions.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ redirect_from: {% data reusables.discussions.about-announcement-format %} -Each category must have a unique name and emoji pairing, and can be accompanied by a detailed description stating its purpose. Categories help maintainers organize how conversations are filed and are customizable to help distinguish categories that are Q&A or more open-ended conversations. {% data reusables.discussions.repository-category-limit %} For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions#about-categories-and-formats-for-discussions)." +Each category must have a unique name and emoji pairing, and can be accompanied by a detailed description stating its purpose. Categories help maintainers organize how conversations are filed and are customizable to help distinguish categories that are Q&A or more open-ended conversations. {% data reusables.discussions.repository-category-limit %} For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions#about-categories-and-formats-for-discussions). {% ifversion discussions-category-section %} {% data reusables.discussions.category-sections %}{% endif %} diff --git a/content/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions.md b/content/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions.md index f305925897c5..f33dbf25146d 100644 --- a/content/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions.md +++ b/content/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions.md @@ -12,29 +12,29 @@ redirect_from: ## About management of discussions -{% data reusables.discussions.about-discussions %} For more information about discussions, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions)." +{% data reusables.discussions.about-discussions %} For more information about discussions, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions). -Organization owners can choose the permissions required to create a discussion in repositories owned by the organization. Similarly, to choose the permissions required to create an organization discussion, organization owners can change the permissions required in the source repository. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/organizations/managing-organization-settings/managing-discussion-creation-for-repositories-in-your-organization)." +Organization owners can choose the permissions required to create a discussion in repositories owned by the organization. Similarly, to choose the permissions required to create an organization discussion, organization owners can change the permissions required in the source repository. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/organizations/managing-organization-settings/managing-discussion-creation-for-repositories-in-your-organization). -As a discussions maintainer, you can create community resources to encourage discussions that are aligned with the overall project goal and maintain a friendly open forum for collaborators. Creating{% ifversion fpt or ghec %} a code of conduct or{% endif %} contribution guidelines for collaborators to follow will help facilitate a collaborative and productive forum. For more information on creating community resources, see{% ifversion fpt or ghec %} "[AUTOTITLE](/communities/setting-up-your-project-for-healthy-contributions/adding-a-code-of-conduct-to-your-project)," and{% endif %} "[AUTOTITLE](/communities/setting-up-your-project-for-healthy-contributions/setting-guidelines-for-repository-contributors)." +As a discussions maintainer, you can create community resources to encourage discussions that are aligned with the overall project goal and maintain a friendly open forum for collaborators. Creating{% ifversion fpt or ghec %} a code of conduct or{% endif %} contribution guidelines for collaborators to follow will help facilitate a collaborative and productive forum. For more information on creating community resources, see{% ifversion fpt or ghec %} [AUTOTITLE](/communities/setting-up-your-project-for-healthy-contributions/adding-a-code-of-conduct-to-your-project), and{% endif %} [AUTOTITLE](/communities/setting-up-your-project-for-healthy-contributions/setting-guidelines-for-repository-contributors). -When a discussion yields an idea or bug that is ready to be worked on, you can create a new issue from a discussion. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/creating-an-issue#creating-an-issue-from-a-discussion)." +When a discussion yields an idea or bug that is ready to be worked on, you can create a new issue from a discussion. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/creating-an-issue#creating-an-issue-from-a-discussion). -You can pin a discussion to the top of the list of discussions for the repository or organization. {% ifversion discussions-category-specific-pins %}You can also pin a discussion to a specific category.{% endif %} For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions#pinning-a-discussion)." +You can pin a discussion to the top of the list of discussions for the repository or organization. {% ifversion discussions-category-specific-pins %}You can also pin a discussion to a specific category.{% endif %} For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions#pinning-a-discussion). -For more information on facilitating a healthy discussion, see "[AUTOTITLE](/communities/moderating-comments-and-conversations)." +For more information on facilitating a healthy discussion, see [AUTOTITLE](/communities/moderating-comments-and-conversations). {% data reusables.discussions.you-can-label-discussions %} ## Prerequisites -To manage discussions in a repository, {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} must be enabled for the repository. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/managing-your-repositorys-settings-and-features/enabling-features-for-your-repository/enabling-or-disabling-github-discussions-for-a-repository)." +To manage discussions in a repository, {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} must be enabled for the repository. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/managing-your-repositorys-settings-and-features/enabling-features-for-your-repository/enabling-or-disabling-github-discussions-for-a-repository). -To manage discussions in an organization, {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} must be enabled for the organization. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/organizations/managing-organization-settings/enabling-or-disabling-github-discussions-for-an-organization)." +To manage discussions in an organization, {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} must be enabled for the organization. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/organizations/managing-organization-settings/enabling-or-disabling-github-discussions-for-an-organization). ## Changing the category for a discussion -You can categorize discussions to help community members find related discussions. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-categories-for-discussions)." +You can categorize discussions to help community members find related discussions. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-categories-for-discussions). You can also move a discussion to a different category. It's not possible to move a discussion to or from the polls category. @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ You can pin up to four important discussions above the list of discussions in a ## Editing a pinned discussion -Editing a pinned discussion will not change the discussion's category. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-categories-for-discussions)." +Editing a pinned discussion will not change the discussion's category. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-categories-for-discussions). {% data reusables.discussions.navigate-to-repo-or-org %} {% data reusables.discussions.discussions-tab %} @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ You can unpin a discussion pinned to a specific category. This will not delete t ## Transferring a discussion -To transfer a discussion, you must have permissions to create discussions in the repository where you want to transfer the discussion. If you want to transfer a discussion to an organization, you must have permissions to create discussions in the source repository for the organization's discussions. You can only transfer discussions between repositories owned by the same user or organization account. You can't transfer a discussion from a private{% ifversion ghec or ghes %} or internal{% endif %} repository to a public repository. Additionally, you can't transfer discussions if they are announcements. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-categories-for-discussions#creating-a-category)." +To transfer a discussion, you must have permissions to create discussions in the repository where you want to transfer the discussion. If you want to transfer a discussion to an organization, you must have permissions to create discussions in the source repository for the organization's discussions. You can only transfer discussions between repositories owned by the same user or organization account. You can't transfer a discussion from a private{% ifversion ghec or ghes %} or internal{% endif %} repository to a public repository. Additionally, you can't transfer discussions if they are announcements. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-categories-for-discussions#creating-a-category). {% data reusables.discussions.navigate-to-repo-or-org %} {% data reusables.discussions.discussions-tab %} diff --git a/content/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions.md b/content/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions.md index d777a0ad94f8..7d9d9aa96c84 100644 --- a/content/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions.md +++ b/content/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ It's appropriate to lock a conversation when the entire conversation is not cons {% ifversion discussions-closable %} > [!NOTE] -> You can also close a discussion. For more information, see "[Closing a discussion](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions#closing-a-discussion)." +> You can also close a discussion. For more information, see [Closing a discussion](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions#closing-a-discussion). {% endif %} @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ It's appropriate to lock a conversation when the entire conversation is not cons ## Converting an issue to a discussion -When you convert an issue to a discussion, the discussion is automatically created using the content from the issue. People with write access to a repository, or source repository for organization discussions, can bulk convert issues based on labels. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions)." +When you convert an issue to a discussion, the discussion is automatically created using the content from the issue. People with write access to a repository, or source repository for organization discussions, can bulk convert issues based on labels. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions). {% data reusables.discussions.navigate-to-repo-or-org %} {% data reusables.repositories.sidebar-issues %} @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ When you convert an issue to a discussion, the discussion is automatically creat ## Blocking a user from your organization -Organization owners and moderators can block a user from the organization if their comments don't align with the community's code of conduct. When you block a user, they will no longer be able to comment on discussions. You can also hide all of the comments a user has made in the organization. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/communities/maintaining-your-safety-on-github/blocking-a-user-from-your-organization)." +Organization owners and moderators can block a user from the organization if their comments don't align with the community's code of conduct. When you block a user, they will no longer be able to comment on discussions. You can also hide all of the comments a user has made in the organization. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/communities/maintaining-your-safety-on-github/blocking-a-user-from-your-organization). {% data reusables.organizations.blocking-a-user %} {% endif %} diff --git a/content/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/syntax-for-discussion-category-forms.md b/content/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/syntax-for-discussion-category-forms.md index b8a67aec8a6b..6a3c2c1c7503 100644 --- a/content/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/syntax-for-discussion-category-forms.md +++ b/content/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/syntax-for-discussion-category-forms.md @@ -44,4 +44,4 @@ You can set the following top-level keys for each discussion category form. | `labels` | Labels that will automatically be added to discussions created with this template. | Optional | Array or comma-delimited string | | `title` | A default title that will be pre-populated in the discussion submission form. | Optional | String | -To add fields to your form, include an array of form elements in the `body` key. For a list of available elements and their syntaxes, see "[AUTOTITLE](/communities/using-templates-to-encourage-useful-issues-and-pull-requests/syntax-for-githubs-form-schema)." +To add fields to your form, include an array of form elements in the `body` key. For a list of available elements and their syntaxes, see [AUTOTITLE](/communities/using-templates-to-encourage-useful-issues-and-pull-requests/syntax-for-githubs-form-schema). diff --git a/content/discussions/quickstart.md b/content/discussions/quickstart.md index 8f3e647fddc9..3cc9c25bd75a 100644 --- a/content/discussions/quickstart.md +++ b/content/discussions/quickstart.md @@ -51,13 +51,13 @@ Organization owners can enable {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} ## Welcoming contributions to your discussions -You can welcome your community and introduce a new way to communicate in a repository or organization by creating a welcome post and pinning the post to your {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} page. Pinning and locking discussions helps people know that a post is meant as an announcement. You can use announcements as a way to link people to more resources and offer guidance for opening discussions in your community. For more information about pinning a discussion, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions#pinning-a-discussion)." +You can welcome your community and introduce a new way to communicate in a repository or organization by creating a welcome post and pinning the post to your {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} page. Pinning and locking discussions helps people know that a post is meant as an announcement. You can use announcements as a way to link people to more resources and offer guidance for opening discussions in your community. For more information about pinning a discussion, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions#pinning-a-discussion). ## Setting up community guidelines for contributors -For repository discussions, you can set contributing guidelines to encourage collaborators to have meaningful, useful conversations that are relevant to the repository. You can also update the repository's README to communicate expectations on when collaborators should open an issue or discussion. For more information about providing guidelines for your project, see{% ifversion fpt or ghec %} "[AUTOTITLE](/communities/setting-up-your-project-for-healthy-contributions/adding-a-code-of-conduct-to-your-project)" and{% endif %} "[AUTOTITLE](/communities/setting-up-your-project-for-healthy-contributions)." +For repository discussions, you can set contributing guidelines to encourage collaborators to have meaningful, useful conversations that are relevant to the repository. You can also update the repository's README to communicate expectations on when collaborators should open an issue or discussion. For more information about providing guidelines for your project, see{% ifversion fpt or ghec %} [AUTOTITLE](/communities/setting-up-your-project-for-healthy-contributions/adding-a-code-of-conduct-to-your-project) and{% endif %} [AUTOTITLE](/communities/setting-up-your-project-for-healthy-contributions). -For organization discussions, you share information about how to engage with your organization by creating an organization profile README. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/organizations/collaborating-with-groups-in-organizations/customizing-your-organizations-profile)." +For organization discussions, you share information about how to engage with your organization by creating an organization profile README. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/organizations/collaborating-with-groups-in-organizations/customizing-your-organizations-profile). ## Creating a new discussion @@ -75,16 +75,16 @@ Any authenticated user who can view a repository can create a poll. Similarly, s Repository owners and people with write access to the repository can create new categories to keep discussions organized. Similarly, since organization discussions are based on a source repository, repository owners and people with write access to the source repository can create new categories for organization discussions. -Collaborators participating in and creating new discussions can group discussions into the most relevant existing categories. Discussions can also be recategorized after they are created. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-categories-for-discussions)." +Collaborators participating in and creating new discussions can group discussions into the most relevant existing categories. Discussions can also be recategorized after they are created. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-categories-for-discussions). {% data reusables.discussions.you-can-label-discussions %} ## Promoting healthy conversations -People with write permissions for the repository, or for the source repository for organization discussions, can help surface important conversations by pinning discussions, deleting discussions that are no longer useful or are damaging to the community, and transferring discussions to more relevant repositories owned by the organization. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions)." +People with write permissions for the repository, or for the source repository for organization discussions, can help surface important conversations by pinning discussions, deleting discussions that are no longer useful or are damaging to the community, and transferring discussions to more relevant repositories owned by the organization. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions). -People with triage permissions for the repository, or for the source repository for organization discussions, can help moderate a project's discussions by marking comments as answers, locking discussions that are no longer useful or are damaging to the community, and converting issues to discussions when an idea is still in the early stages of development. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions)." +People with triage permissions for the repository, or for the source repository for organization discussions, can help moderate a project's discussions by marking comments as answers, locking discussions that are no longer useful or are damaging to the community, and converting issues to discussions when an idea is still in the early stages of development. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions). ## Next steps -Once there is a clear path to scope work out and move an idea from concept to reality, you can create an issue and start tracking your progress. For more information on creating an issue from a discussion, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions)." +Once there is a clear path to scope work out and move an idea from concept to reality, you can create an issue and start tracking your progress. For more information on creating an issue from a discussion, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions). diff --git a/content/get-started/accessibility/github-command-palette.md b/content/get-started/accessibility/github-command-palette.md index 325984bfa463..a80b7e7f0cab 100644 --- a/content/get-started/accessibility/github-command-palette.md +++ b/content/get-started/accessibility/github-command-palette.md @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Open the command palette using one of the following default keyboard shortcuts: * Windows and Linux: Ctrl+K or Ctrl+Alt+K * Mac: Command+K or Command+Option+K -You can customize the keyboard shortcuts you use to open the command palette in the [Accessibility section](https://github.com/settings/accessibility) of your user settings. For more information, see "[Customizing your {% data variables.product.prodname_command_palette %} keyboard shortcuts](#customizing-your-github-command-palette-keyboard-shortcuts)." +You can customize the keyboard shortcuts you use to open the command palette in the [Accessibility section](https://github.com/settings/accessibility) of your user settings. For more information, see [Customizing your {% data variables.product.prodname_command_palette %} keyboard shortcuts](#customizing-your-github-command-palette-keyboard-shortcuts). When you open the command palette, it shows your location at the top left and uses it as the scope for suggestions (for example, the `octo-org` organization). @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ When you open the command palette, it shows your location at the top left and us > [!NOTE] > * If you are editing Markdown text, open the command palette with Ctrl+Alt+K (Windows and Linux) or Command+Option+K (Mac).{% ifversion projects-v2 %} -> * If you are working on a {% data variables.projects.project_v2 %}, a project-specific command palette is displayed instead. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/planning-and-tracking-with-projects/customizing-views-in-your-project/changing-the-layout-of-a-view)."{% endif %} +> * If you are working on a {% data variables.projects.project_v2 %}, a project-specific command palette is displayed instead. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/issues/planning-and-tracking-with-projects/customizing-views-in-your-project/changing-the-layout-of-a-view).{% endif %} ### Customizing your {% data variables.product.prodname_command_palette %} keyboard shortcuts @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ You can use the command palette to navigate to any page that you have access to {% data reusables.command-palette.change-scope %} - You can also use keystrokes to narrow your search. For more information, see "[Keystroke functions](#keystroke-functions)." + You can also use keystrokes to narrow your search. For more information, see [Keystroke functions](#keystroke-functions). 1. Finish entering the path, or use the arrow keys to highlight the path you want from the list of suggestions. @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ You can use the command palette to search for anything on {% data variables.prod 1. Begin entering your search terms. The command palette will offer you a range of suggested searches based on your search scope. > [!TIP] - > You can also use the full syntax of {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}'s integrated search within the command palette. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/search-github)." + > You can also use the full syntax of {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}'s integrated search within the command palette. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/search-github). 1. Use the arrow keys to highlight the search result you want and use Enter to jump to your chosen location. Alternatively, use Ctrl+Enter (Windows and Linux) or Command+Enter (Mac) to open the location in a new browser tab. @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ You can use the {% data variables.product.prodname_command_palette %} to run com * Pull request and issue commands always run on the underlying page. * Higher-level commands, for example, repository commands, run in the scope shown in the command palette. -For a full list of supported commands, see "[{% data variables.product.prodname_command_palette %} reference](#github-command-palette-reference)." +For a full list of supported commands, see [{% data variables.product.prodname_command_palette %} reference](#github-command-palette-reference). 1. The default keyboard shortcuts to open the command palette in command mode are Ctrl+Shift+K (Windows and Linux) or Command+Shift+K (Mac). If you already have the command palette open, press > to switch to command mode. {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} suggests commands based on your location. @@ -120,11 +120,11 @@ These keystrokes are available when the command palette is in navigation and sea | Keystroke | Function | | :- | :- | -|>| Enter command mode. For more information, see "[Running commands from the {% data variables.product.prodname_command_palette %}](#running-commands-from-the-github-command-palette)." | -|#| Search for issues, pull requests, discussions, and projects. For more information, see "[Searching with the {% data variables.product.prodname_command_palette %}](#searching-with-the-github-command-palette)."| -|@| Search for users, organizations, and repositories. For more information, see "[Searching with the {% data variables.product.prodname_command_palette %}](#searching-with-the-github-command-palette)."| -|/| Search for files within a repository scope or repositories within an organization scope. For more information, see "[Searching with the {% data variables.product.prodname_command_palette %}](#searching-with-the-github-command-palette)." | -|!| Search just for projects. For more information, see "[Searching with the {% data variables.product.prodname_command_palette %}](#searching-with-the-github-command-palette)."| +|>| Enter command mode. For more information, see [Running commands from the {% data variables.product.prodname_command_palette %}](#running-commands-from-the-github-command-palette). | +|#| Search for issues, pull requests, discussions, and projects. For more information, see [Searching with the {% data variables.product.prodname_command_palette %}](#searching-with-the-github-command-palette).| +|@| Search for users, organizations, and repositories. For more information, see [Searching with the {% data variables.product.prodname_command_palette %}](#searching-with-the-github-command-palette).| +|/| Search for files within a repository scope or repositories within an organization scope. For more information, see [Searching with the {% data variables.product.prodname_command_palette %}](#searching-with-the-github-command-palette). | +|!| Search just for projects. For more information, see [Searching with the {% data variables.product.prodname_command_palette %}](#searching-with-the-github-command-palette).| |Ctrl+C or Command+C| Copy the search or navigation URL for the highlighted result to the clipboard.| |Enter| Jump to the highlighted result or run the highlighted command.| |Ctrl+Enter or Command+Enter| Open the highlighted search or navigation result in a new browser tab.| @@ -136,12 +136,12 @@ These commands are available from all scopes. | Command | Behavior| | :- | :- | -|`Import repository`|Create a new repository by importing a project from another version control system. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/migrations/importing-source-code/using-github-importer/importing-a-repository-with-github-importer)." | -|`New gist`|Open a new gist. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/editing-and-sharing-content-with-gists/creating-gists)." | -|`New organization`|Create a new organization. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/organizations/collaborating-with-groups-in-organizations/creating-a-new-organization-from-scratch)." | -|`New project`|Create a new project. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/planning-and-tracking-with-projects/creating-projects/creating-a-project)." | -|`New repository`|Create a new repository from scratch. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/creating-and-managing-repositories/creating-a-new-repository)." | -|`Switch theme to `|Change directly to a different theme for the UI. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/accessibility/managing-your-theme-settings)." | +|`Import repository`|Create a new repository by importing a project from another version control system. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/migrations/importing-source-code/using-github-importer/importing-a-repository-with-github-importer). | +|`New gist`|Open a new gist. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/editing-and-sharing-content-with-gists/creating-gists). | +|`New organization`|Create a new organization. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/organizations/collaborating-with-groups-in-organizations/creating-a-new-organization-from-scratch). | +|`New project`|Create a new project. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/issues/planning-and-tracking-with-projects/creating-projects/creating-a-project). | +|`New repository`|Create a new repository from scratch. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/creating-and-managing-repositories/creating-a-new-repository). | +|`Switch theme to `|Change directly to a different theme for the UI. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/accessibility/managing-your-theme-settings). | ### Organization commands @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ These commands are available only within the scope of an organization. | Command | Behavior| | :- | :- | -| `New team`| Create a new team in the current organization. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/organizations/organizing-members-into-teams/creating-a-team)." +| `New team`| Create a new team in the current organization. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/organizations/organizing-members-into-teams/creating-a-team). ### Repository commands @@ -157,11 +157,11 @@ Most of these commands are available only on the home page of the repository. If | Command | Behavior| | :- | :- | -|`Clone repository: `|Copy the URL needed to clone the repository using {% data variables.product.prodname_cli %}, HTTPS, or SSH to the clipboard. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/creating-and-managing-repositories/cloning-a-repository)."| -|`New discussion`|Create a new discussion in the repository. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/quickstart#creating-a-new-discussion)."| -|`New file`|Create a new file from any page in the repository. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/managing-files/adding-a-file-to-a-repository)." -|`New issue`|Open a new issue from any page in the repository. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/creating-an-issue)."| -|`Open in {% data variables.codespaces.serverless %} editor`|Open the current repository in the {% data variables.codespaces.serverless %} editor. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/codespaces/the-githubdev-web-based-editor#opening-the-web-based-editor)."| +|`Clone repository: `|Copy the URL needed to clone the repository using {% data variables.product.prodname_cli %}, HTTPS, or SSH to the clipboard. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/creating-and-managing-repositories/cloning-a-repository).| +|`New discussion`|Create a new discussion in the repository. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/quickstart#creating-a-new-discussion).| +|`New file`|Create a new file from any page in the repository. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/managing-files/adding-a-file-to-a-repository). +|`New issue`|Open a new issue from any page in the repository. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/creating-an-issue).| +|`Open in {% data variables.codespaces.serverless %} editor`|Open the current repository in the {% data variables.codespaces.serverless %} editor. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/codespaces/the-githubdev-web-based-editor#opening-the-web-based-editor).| ### File commands @@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ These commands are available only when you open the command palette from a file | Command | Behavior| | :- | :- | -|`Copy permalink`|Create a link to the file that includes the current commit SHA and copy the link to the clipboard. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/using-files/getting-permanent-links-to-files#press-y-to-permalink-to-a-file-in-a-specific-commit)." -|`Open in {% data variables.codespaces.serverless %} editor`|Open the currently displayed file in {% data variables.codespaces.serverless %} editor. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/codespaces/the-githubdev-web-based-editor#opening-the-web-based-editor)."| +|`Copy permalink`|Create a link to the file that includes the current commit SHA and copy the link to the clipboard. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/using-files/getting-permanent-links-to-files#press-y-to-permalink-to-a-file-in-a-specific-commit). +|`Open in {% data variables.codespaces.serverless %} editor`|Open the currently displayed file in {% data variables.codespaces.serverless %} editor. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/codespaces/the-githubdev-web-based-editor#opening-the-web-based-editor).| ### Discussion commands @@ -178,10 +178,10 @@ These commands are available only when you open the command palette from a discu | Command | Behavior| | :- | :- | -|`Delete discussion...`|Permanently delete the discussion. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions#deleting-a-discussion)." +|`Delete discussion...`|Permanently delete the discussion. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions#deleting-a-discussion). |`Edit discussion body`|Open the main body of the discussion ready for editing. -|`Subscribe`/`unsubscribe`|Opt in or out of notifications for additions to the discussion. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/managing-subscriptions-and-notifications-on-github/setting-up-notifications/about-notifications)." -|`Transfer discussion...`|Move the discussion to a different repository. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions#transferring-a-discussion)." +|`Subscribe`/`unsubscribe`|Opt in or out of notifications for additions to the discussion. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/managing-subscriptions-and-notifications-on-github/setting-up-notifications/about-notifications). +|`Transfer discussion...`|Move the discussion to a different repository. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions#transferring-a-discussion). ### Issue commands @@ -189,15 +189,15 @@ These commands are available only when you open the command palette from an issu | Command | Behavior| | :- | :- | -|`Close`/`reopen issue`|Close or reopen the current issue. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/about-issues)."| -|`Convert issue to discussion...`|Convert the current issue into a discussion. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions#converting-an-issue-to-a-discussion)." -|`Delete issue...`|Delete the current issue. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/deleting-an-issue)."| +|`Close`/`reopen issue`|Close or reopen the current issue. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/about-issues).| +|`Convert issue to discussion...`|Convert the current issue into a discussion. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions#converting-an-issue-to-a-discussion). +|`Delete issue...`|Delete the current issue. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/deleting-an-issue).| |`Edit issue body`|Open the main body of the issue ready for editing. |`Edit issue title`|Open the title of the issue ready for editing. -|`Lock issue`|Limit new comments to users with write access to the repository. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/communities/moderating-comments-and-conversations/locking-conversations)." -|`Pin`/`unpin issue`|Change whether or not the issue is shown in the pinned issues section for the repository. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/pinning-an-issue-to-your-repository)."| -|`Subscribe`/`unsubscribe`|Opt in or out of notifications for changes to this issue. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/managing-subscriptions-and-notifications-on-github/setting-up-notifications/about-notifications)." -|`Transfer issue...`|Transfer the issue to another repository. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/transferring-an-issue-to-another-repository)."| +|`Lock issue`|Limit new comments to users with write access to the repository. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/communities/moderating-comments-and-conversations/locking-conversations). +|`Pin`/`unpin issue`|Change whether or not the issue is shown in the pinned issues section for the repository. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/pinning-an-issue-to-your-repository).| +|`Subscribe`/`unsubscribe`|Opt in or out of notifications for changes to this issue. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/managing-subscriptions-and-notifications-on-github/setting-up-notifications/about-notifications). +|`Transfer issue...`|Transfer the issue to another repository. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/transferring-an-issue-to-another-repository).| ### Pull request commands @@ -205,10 +205,10 @@ These commands are available only when you open the command palette from a pull | Command | Behavior| | :- | :- | -|`Close`/`reopen pull request`|Close or reopen the current pull request. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/proposing-changes-to-your-work-with-pull-requests/about-pull-requests)."| -|`Convert to draft`/`Mark pull request as ready for review`|Change the state of the pull request to show it as ready, or not ready, for review. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/proposing-changes-to-your-work-with-pull-requests/changing-the-stage-of-a-pull-request)."| +|`Close`/`reopen pull request`|Close or reopen the current pull request. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/proposing-changes-to-your-work-with-pull-requests/about-pull-requests).| +|`Convert to draft`/`Mark pull request as ready for review`|Change the state of the pull request to show it as ready, or not ready, for review. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/proposing-changes-to-your-work-with-pull-requests/changing-the-stage-of-a-pull-request).| |`Copy current branch name`| Add the name of the head branch for the pull request to the clipboard. |`Edit pull request body`|Open the main body of the pull request ready for editing. |`Edit pull request title`|Open the title of the pull request ready for editing. -|`Subscribe`/`unsubscribe`|Opt in or out of notifications for changes to this pull request. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/managing-subscriptions-and-notifications-on-github/setting-up-notifications/about-notifications)." -|`Update current branch`|Update the head branch of the pull request with changes from the base branch. This is available only for pull requests that target the default branch of the repository. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/proposing-changes-to-your-work-with-pull-requests/about-branches)."| +|`Subscribe`/`unsubscribe`|Opt in or out of notifications for changes to this pull request. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/managing-subscriptions-and-notifications-on-github/setting-up-notifications/about-notifications). +|`Update current branch`|Update the head branch of the pull request with changes from the base branch. This is available only for pull requests that target the default branch of the repository. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/proposing-changes-to-your-work-with-pull-requests/about-branches).| diff --git a/content/get-started/accessibility/keyboard-shortcuts.md b/content/get-started/accessibility/keyboard-shortcuts.md index 686106a07a1b..385589ccce32 100644 --- a/content/get-started/accessibility/keyboard-shortcuts.md +++ b/content/get-started/accessibility/keyboard-shortcuts.md @@ -19,10 +19,10 @@ versions: Typing ? on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} brings up a dialog box that lists the keyboard shortcuts available for that page. You can use these keyboard shortcuts to perform actions across the site without using your mouse to navigate. {% ifversion keyboard-shortcut-accessibility-setting %} -You can disable character key shortcuts, while still allowing shortcuts that use modifier keys, in your accessibility settings. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-user-account-settings/managing-accessibility-settings)."{% endif %} +You can disable character key shortcuts, while still allowing shortcuts that use modifier keys, in your accessibility settings. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-user-account-settings/managing-accessibility-settings).{% endif %} {% ifversion command-palette %} -The {% data variables.product.prodname_command_palette %} also gives you quick access to a wide range of actions, without the need to remember keyboard shortcuts. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/accessibility/github-command-palette)." +The {% data variables.product.prodname_command_palette %} also gives you quick access to a wide range of actions, without the need to remember keyboard shortcuts. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/accessibility/github-command-palette). {% endif %} @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ The following sections list some of the available keyboard shortcuts, organized | Keyboard shortcut | Description | |-----------|------------| -|S or / | Focus the search bar. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/search-github/getting-started-with-searching-on-github/about-searching-on-github)." -|G N | Go to your notifications. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/managing-subscriptions-and-notifications-on-github/setting-up-notifications/about-notifications)." +|S or / | Focus the search bar. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/search-github/getting-started-with-searching-on-github/about-searching-on-github). +|G N | Go to your notifications. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/managing-subscriptions-and-notifications-on-github/setting-up-notifications/about-notifications). |Option+↑ (Mac) or
Alt+↑ (Windows/Linux) | Move focus from an element to its hovercard | |Esc | When focused on a user, issue, or pull request hovercard, closes the hovercard and refocuses on the element the hovercard is in @@ -42,15 +42,15 @@ The following sections list some of the available keyboard shortcuts, organized | Keyboard shortcut | Description | |-----------|------------ | |G C | Go to the **Code** tab -|G I | Go to the **Issues** tab. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/about-issues)." -|G P | Go to the **Pull requests** tab. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/proposing-changes-to-your-work-with-pull-requests/about-pull-requests)." -|G A | Go to the **Actions** tab. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/actions/learn-github-actions)." +|G I | Go to the **Issues** tab. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/about-issues). +|G P | Go to the **Pull requests** tab. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/proposing-changes-to-your-work-with-pull-requests/about-pull-requests). +|G A | Go to the **Actions** tab. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/actions/learn-github-actions). | {% ifversion projects-v1 %} | -|G B | Go to the **Projects** tab. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/organizing-your-work-with-project-boards/managing-project-boards/about-project-boards)." +|G B | Go to the **Projects** tab. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/issues/organizing-your-work-with-project-boards/managing-project-boards/about-project-boards). | {% endif %} | -|G W | Go to the **Wiki** tab. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/communities/documenting-your-project-with-wikis/about-wikis)." | +|G W | Go to the **Wiki** tab. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/communities/documenting-your-project-with-wikis/about-wikis). | | {% ifversion discussions %} | -|G G | Go to the **Discussions** tab. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions)." +|G G | Go to the **Discussions** tab. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions). | {% endif %} | ## Source code editing @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ The following sections list some of the available keyboard shortcuts, organized | Keyboard shortcut | Description | |-----------|------------| | {% ifversion fpt or ghec %} | -|. | Opens a repository or pull request in the {% data variables.codespaces.serverless %} editor, in the same browser tab. You must be signed in to use the editor. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/codespaces/the-githubdev-web-based-editor)." -|> | Opens a repository or pull request in the {% data variables.codespaces.serverless %} editor, in a new browser tab. You must be signed in to use the editor. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/codespaces/the-githubdev-web-based-editor)." | +|. | Opens a repository or pull request in the {% data variables.codespaces.serverless %} editor, in the same browser tab. You must be signed in to use the editor. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/codespaces/the-githubdev-web-based-editor). +|> | Opens a repository or pull request in the {% data variables.codespaces.serverless %} editor, in a new browser tab. You must be signed in to use the editor. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/codespaces/the-githubdev-web-based-editor). | | {% endif %} | |Command+B (Mac) or
Ctrl+B (Windows/Linux) | Inserts Markdown formatting for bolding text | |Command+I (Mac) or
Ctrl+I (Windows/Linux) | Inserts Markdown formatting for italicizing text | @@ -88,10 +88,10 @@ For more keyboard shortcuts, see the [CodeMirror documentation](https://codemirr |t | Activates the file finder | |l | Jump to a line in your code | |w | Switch to a new branch or tag | -|y | Expand a URL to its canonical form. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/using-files/getting-permanent-links-to-files)." | -|i | Show or hide comments on diffs. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/reviewing-changes-in-pull-requests/commenting-on-a-pull-request)." | +|y | Expand a URL to its canonical form. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/using-files/getting-permanent-links-to-files). | +|i | Show or hide comments on diffs. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/reviewing-changes-in-pull-requests/commenting-on-a-pull-request). | |a | Show or hide annotations on diffs | -|b | Open blame view. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/using-files/viewing-a-file)." | +|b | Open blame view. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/using-files/viewing-a-file). | {% ifversion code-view-ui %} @@ -124,44 +124,44 @@ If you view a code file in a repository using the **Code** view and click on any |Command+Shift+7 (Mac) or
Ctrl+Shift+7 (Windows/Linux) | Inserts Markdown formatting for an ordered list | |Command+Shift+8 (Mac) or
Ctrl+Shift+8 (Windows/Linux) | Inserts Markdown formatting for an unordered list | |Command+Enter (Mac) or
Ctrl+Enter (Windows/Linux) | Submits a comment | -|Ctrl+. and then Ctrl+[saved reply number] | Opens saved replies menu and then autofills comment field with a saved reply. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/about-saved-replies)." | +|Ctrl+. and then Ctrl+[saved reply number] | Opens saved replies menu and then autofills comment field with a saved reply. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/about-saved-replies). | |Command+Shift+. (Mac) or
Ctrl+Shift+. (Windows/Linux) | Inserts Markdown formatting for a quote | | {% ifversion fpt or ghec %} | -|Command+G (Mac) or
Ctrl+G (Windows/Linux) | Insert a suggestion. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/reviewing-changes-in-pull-requests/reviewing-proposed-changes-in-a-pull-request)." | +|Command+G (Mac) or
Ctrl+G (Windows/Linux) | Insert a suggestion. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/reviewing-changes-in-pull-requests/reviewing-proposed-changes-in-a-pull-request). | | {% endif %} | -|R | Quote the selected text in your reply. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax#quoting-text)." | +|R | Quote the selected text in your reply. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax#quoting-text). | ## Issue and pull request lists | Keyboard shortcut | Description | |-----------|------------ | |C | Create an issue -|Command+/ (Mac) or
Ctrl+/ (Windows/Linux) | Focus your cursor on the issues or pull requests search bar. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/filtering-and-searching-issues-and-pull-requests)."| +|Command+/ (Mac) or
Ctrl+/ (Windows/Linux) | Focus your cursor on the issues or pull requests search bar. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/filtering-and-searching-issues-and-pull-requests).| |U | Filter by author | -|L | Filter by or edit labels. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/filtering-and-searching-issues-and-pull-requests)." | -|Alt and click | While filtering by labels, exclude labels. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/filtering-and-searching-issues-and-pull-requests)." | -|M | Filter by or edit milestones. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/using-labels-and-milestones-to-track-work/filtering-issues-and-pull-requests-by-milestone)." | -|A | Filter by or edit assignee. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/filtering-and-searching-issues-and-pull-requests)." | +|L | Filter by or edit labels. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/filtering-and-searching-issues-and-pull-requests). | +|Alt and click | While filtering by labels, exclude labels. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/filtering-and-searching-issues-and-pull-requests). | +|M | Filter by or edit milestones. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/issues/using-labels-and-milestones-to-track-work/filtering-issues-and-pull-requests-by-milestone). | +|A | Filter by or edit assignee. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/filtering-and-searching-issues-and-pull-requests). | |O or Enter | Open issue | ## Issues and pull requests | Keyboard shortcut | Description | |-----------|------------ | -|Q | Request a reviewer. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/proposing-changes-to-your-work-with-pull-requests/requesting-a-pull-request-review)." | -|M | Set a milestone. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/using-labels-and-milestones-to-track-work/associating-milestones-with-issues-and-pull-requests)." | -|L | Apply a label. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/using-labels-and-milestones-to-track-work/managing-labels#applying-a-label)." | -|A | Set an assignee. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/assigning-issues-and-pull-requests-to-other-github-users)." | -|X | Link an issue or pull request from the same repository. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/linking-a-pull-request-to-an-issue)." | +|Q | Request a reviewer. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/proposing-changes-to-your-work-with-pull-requests/requesting-a-pull-request-review). | +|M | Set a milestone. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/issues/using-labels-and-milestones-to-track-work/associating-milestones-with-issues-and-pull-requests). | +|L | Apply a label. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/issues/using-labels-and-milestones-to-track-work/managing-labels#applying-a-label). | +|A | Set an assignee. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/assigning-issues-and-pull-requests-to-other-github-users). | +|X | Link an issue or pull request from the same repository. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/linking-a-pull-request-to-an-issue). | |Command+Shift+P (Mac) or
Ctrl+Shift+P (Windows/Linux) | Toggles between the **Write** and **Preview** tabs | | {% ifversion fpt or ghec %} | -|Alt and click | When creating an issue from a task list, open the new issue form in the current tab by holding Alt and clicking the {% octicon "issue-opened" aria-label="The issue opened icon" %} in the upper-right corner of the task. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/about-task-lists)." | -|Shift and click | When creating an issue from a task list, open the new issue form in a new tab by holding Shift and clicking the {% octicon "issue-opened" aria-label="The issue opened icon" %} in the upper-right corner of the task. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/about-task-lists)." | -|Command and click (Mac) or
Ctrl+Shift and click (Windows/Linux) | When creating an issue from a task list, open the new issue form in the new window by holding Command or Ctrl+Shift and clicking the {% octicon "issue-opened" aria-label="The issue opened icon" %} in the upper-right corner of the task. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/about-task-lists)." | +|Alt and click | When creating an issue from a task list, open the new issue form in the current tab by holding Alt and clicking the {% octicon "issue-opened" aria-label="The issue opened icon" %} in the upper-right corner of the task. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/about-task-lists). | +|Shift and click | When creating an issue from a task list, open the new issue form in a new tab by holding Shift and clicking the {% octicon "issue-opened" aria-label="The issue opened icon" %} in the upper-right corner of the task. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/about-task-lists). | +|Command and click (Mac) or
Ctrl+Shift and click (Windows/Linux) | When creating an issue from a task list, open the new issue form in the new window by holding Command or Ctrl+Shift and clicking the {% octicon "issue-opened" aria-label="The issue opened icon" %} in the upper-right corner of the task. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/about-task-lists). | | {% endif %} | | {% ifversion sub-issues %} | -|Option+Shift+c (Mac) or
Alt+Shift+c (Windows/Linux) | Create a new sub-issue. See "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/using-issues/adding-sub-issues)." | -|Option, Shift+a (Mac) or
Alt+Shift+a (Windows/Linux) | Add an existing issue as sub-issue. See "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/using-issues/adding-sub-issues)." | +|Option+Shift+c (Mac) or
Alt+Shift+c (Windows/Linux) | Create a new sub-issue. See [AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/using-issues/adding-sub-issues). | +|Option, Shift+a (Mac) or
Alt+Shift+a (Windows/Linux) | Add an existing issue as sub-issue. See [AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/using-issues/adding-sub-issues). | |Option+Shift+p (Mac) or
Alt+Shift+p (Windows/Linux) | Edit parent issue. | | {% endif %} | @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ If you view a code file in a repository using the **Code** view and click on any |T | Move your cursor to the "Filter changed files" field | |Command+Shift+Enter (Mac) or Ctrl+Shift+Enter (Windows/Linux) | Submit a review comment | |Option and click (Mac) or Alt and click (Windows/Linux) | Toggle between collapsing and expanding all outdated or resolved review comments in a pull request (for example, by holding down Alt and clicking **Show outdated** or **Hide outdated**) | -|Click, then Shift and click | Comment on multiple lines of a pull request by clicking a line number, holding Shift, then clicking another line number. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/reviewing-changes-in-pull-requests/commenting-on-a-pull-request#adding-line-comments-to-a-pull-request)."| +|Click, then Shift and click | Comment on multiple lines of a pull request by clicking a line number, holding Shift, then clicking another line number. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/reviewing-changes-in-pull-requests/commenting-on-a-pull-request#adding-line-comments-to-a-pull-request).| {% ifversion projects-v2 %} diff --git a/content/get-started/accessibility/managing-your-theme-settings.md b/content/get-started/accessibility/managing-your-theme-settings.md index 32a607a672bd..cdf45e673df2 100644 --- a/content/get-started/accessibility/managing-your-theme-settings.md +++ b/content/get-started/accessibility/managing-your-theme-settings.md @@ -35,15 +35,15 @@ If you have low vision, you may benefit from a high contrast theme, with greater * If you chose a single theme, click a theme. * If you chose to follow your system settings, click a day theme and a night theme.{% ifversion fpt or ghec %} - * If you would like to choose a theme which is currently in {% data variables.release-phases.public_preview %}, you will first need to enable it with feature preview. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/exploring-early-access-releases-with-feature-preview)."{% endif %} + * If you would like to choose a theme which is currently in {% data variables.release-phases.public_preview %}, you will first need to enable it with feature preview. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/exploring-early-access-releases-with-feature-preview).{% endif %} {% ifversion command-palette %} > [!NOTE] -> You can also change your theme settings with the command palette. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/accessibility/github-command-palette)." +> You can also change your theme settings with the command palette. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/accessibility/github-command-palette). {% endif %} ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/desktop/configuring-and-customizing-github-desktop/setting-a-theme-for-github-desktop)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/desktop/configuring-and-customizing-github-desktop/setting-a-theme-for-github-desktop) diff --git a/content/get-started/archiving-your-github-personal-account-and-public-repositories/opting-into-or-out-of-the-github-archive-program-for-your-public-repository.md b/content/get-started/archiving-your-github-personal-account-and-public-repositories/opting-into-or-out-of-the-github-archive-program-for-your-public-repository.md index 646d41cc78cc..b363e98bab6b 100644 --- a/content/get-started/archiving-your-github-personal-account-and-public-repositories/opting-into-or-out-of-the-github-archive-program-for-your-public-repository.md +++ b/content/get-started/archiving-your-github-personal-account-and-public-repositories/opting-into-or-out-of-the-github-archive-program-for-your-public-repository.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ topics: shortTitle: GitHub Archive program --- -{% data reusables.repositories.about-github-archive-program %} For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/archiving-a-github-repository/about-archiving-content-and-data-on-github#about-the-github-archive-program)." +{% data reusables.repositories.about-github-archive-program %} For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/archiving-a-github-repository/about-archiving-content-and-data-on-github#about-the-github-archive-program). If you opt out of the {% data variables.product.prodname_archive %} for a repository, the repository will be excluded from any long-term archives that {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} may create in the future. diff --git a/content/get-started/archiving-your-github-personal-account-and-public-repositories/requesting-an-archive-of-your-personal-accounts-data.md b/content/get-started/archiving-your-github-personal-account-and-public-repositories/requesting-an-archive-of-your-personal-accounts-data.md index aca1fc57eba2..8fd6145f651a 100644 --- a/content/get-started/archiving-your-github-personal-account-and-public-repositories/requesting-an-archive-of-your-personal-accounts-data.md +++ b/content/get-started/archiving-your-github-personal-account-and-public-repositories/requesting-an-archive-of-your-personal-accounts-data.md @@ -17,13 +17,13 @@ shortTitle: Request account archive {% data variables.product.product_name %} stores repository and profile metadata from your personal account's activity. You can export your personal account's data through your account settings on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} or with the User Migration API. -For more information about the data {% data variables.product.product_name %} stores that is available for exporting, see "[AUTOTITLE](/rest/migrations#download-a-user-migration-archive)." +For more information about the data {% data variables.product.product_name %} stores that is available for exporting, see [AUTOTITLE](/rest/migrations#download-a-user-migration-archive). When you request an export of your personal data through your account settings on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}, {% data variables.product.product_name %} packages your personal data in a `tar.gz` file and sends you an email to your primary email address with a download link. -By default, the download link expires after seven days. At any time before the download link expires, you can disable the link from your user settings. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/archiving-your-github-personal-account-and-public-repositories/requesting-an-archive-of-your-personal-accounts-data#deleting-access-to-an-archive-of-your-personal-accounts-data)." +By default, the download link expires after seven days. At any time before the download link expires, you can disable the link from your user settings. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/archiving-your-github-personal-account-and-public-repositories/requesting-an-archive-of-your-personal-accounts-data#deleting-access-to-an-archive-of-your-personal-accounts-data). -If your operating system cannot natively unpack the `tar.gz` file, you can use a third-party tool to extract the archived files. For more information, see "[How to unzip a tar.gz file](https://opensource.com/article/17/7/how-unzip-targz-file)" on Opensource.com. +If your operating system cannot natively unpack the `tar.gz` file, you can use a third-party tool to extract the archived files. For more information, see [How to unzip a tar.gz file](https://opensource.com/article/17/7/how-unzip-targz-file) on Opensource.com. The generated `tar.gz` file reflects the data stored at the time you started the data export. diff --git a/content/get-started/exploring-integrations/about-building-integrations.md b/content/get-started/exploring-integrations/about-building-integrations.md index de04f4417016..cf99c3fda73b 100644 --- a/content/get-started/exploring-integrations/about-building-integrations.md +++ b/content/get-started/exploring-integrations/about-building-integrations.md @@ -11,20 +11,20 @@ Integrations are tools that extend {% data variables.product.company_short %}'s Many integrations are {% data variables.product.prodname_github_apps %}, {% data variables.product.prodname_actions %} workflows, or custom actions for {% data variables.product.prodname_actions %} workflows. -* {% data variables.product.prodname_github_apps %} are integrations that run on the app owner's server or on a user device. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/apps/creating-github-apps/about-creating-github-apps/about-creating-github-apps)." -* {% data variables.product.prodname_actions %} workflows are workflows that run when specific events occur on {% data variables.product.company_short %}. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/actions/learn-github-actions/understanding-github-actions)." -* Custom actions are code that can be executed by a {% data variables.product.prodname_actions %} workflow. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/actions/creating-actions/about-custom-actions)." +* {% data variables.product.prodname_github_apps %} are integrations that run on the app owner's server or on a user device. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/apps/creating-github-apps/about-creating-github-apps/about-creating-github-apps). +* {% data variables.product.prodname_actions %} workflows are workflows that run when specific events occur on {% data variables.product.company_short %}. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/actions/learn-github-actions/understanding-github-actions). +* Custom actions are code that can be executed by a {% data variables.product.prodname_actions %} workflow. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/actions/creating-actions/about-custom-actions). Your integration can use {% data variables.product.company_short %}'s API to fetch data and make changes to data on {% data variables.product.company_short %}. {% data variables.product.company_short %} has a REST API and a GraphQL API. For more information, see: -* "[AUTOTITLE](/rest/about-the-rest-api/comparing-githubs-rest-api-and-graphql-api)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/rest)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/graphql)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/rest/about-the-rest-api/comparing-githubs-rest-api-and-graphql-api) +* [AUTOTITLE](/rest) +* [AUTOTITLE](/graphql) -Your integration can use webhooks to learn when specific events happen on {% data variables.product.company_short %}. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/webhooks/about-webhooks)." +Your integration can use webhooks to learn when specific events happen on {% data variables.product.company_short %}. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/webhooks/about-webhooks). -{% ifversion fpt or ghec %} If your integration is a {% data variables.product.prodname_github_app %} or custom action, you can publish your integration on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/apps/github-marketplace/github-marketplace-overview/about-github-marketplace-for-apps)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/actions/creating-actions/publishing-actions-in-github-marketplace)."{% endif %} +{% ifversion fpt or ghec %} If your integration is a {% data variables.product.prodname_github_app %} or custom action, you can publish your integration on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/apps/github-marketplace/github-marketplace-overview/about-github-marketplace-for-apps) and [AUTOTITLE](/actions/creating-actions/publishing-actions-in-github-marketplace).{% endif %} {% ifversion fpt or ghec %} -If your integration uses generative AI, you can find and experiment with AI models for free on {% data variables.product.company_short %}. See "[AUTOTITLE](/github-models/prototyping-with-ai-models)." +If your integration uses generative AI, you can find and experiment with AI models for free on {% data variables.product.company_short %}. See [AUTOTITLE](/github-models/prototyping-with-ai-models). {% endif %} diff --git a/content/get-started/exploring-integrations/about-using-integrations.md b/content/get-started/exploring-integrations/about-using-integrations.md index 621d231f8c28..30eab11c1fc3 100644 --- a/content/get-started/exploring-integrations/about-using-integrations.md +++ b/content/get-started/exploring-integrations/about-using-integrations.md @@ -22,20 +22,20 @@ Integrations are tools that extend {% data variables.product.company_short %}'s You can discover many integrations in [{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}](https://github.com/marketplace). {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} includes {% data variables.product.prodname_github_apps %}, {% data variables.product.prodname_oauth_apps %}, and custom actions that you can use in {% data variables.product.prodname_actions %} workflows. You can also get integrations directly from the integration creator. -For a list of featured {% data variables.product.company_short %} integrations, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/exploring-integrations/featured-github-integrations)." +For a list of featured {% data variables.product.company_short %} integrations, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/exploring-integrations/featured-github-integrations). {% ifversion ghes %} -If you want your {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_server %} instance to use a third-party {% data variables.product.prodname_github_app %}, you can contact the app developer about making the {% data variables.product.prodname_github_app %} available for {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_server %}. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/apps/sharing-github-apps/making-your-github-app-available-for-github-enterprise-server)." +If you want your {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_server %} instance to use a third-party {% data variables.product.prodname_github_app %}, you can contact the app developer about making the {% data variables.product.prodname_github_app %} available for {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_server %}. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/apps/sharing-github-apps/making-your-github-app-available-for-github-enterprise-server). -If you want your {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_server %} instance to use third-party custom actions, you need to enable {% data variables.product.prodname_github_connect %}. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/github-actions/managing-access-to-actions-from-githubcom/enabling-automatic-access-to-githubcom-actions-using-github-connect)." +If you want your {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_server %} instance to use third-party custom actions, you need to enable {% data variables.product.prodname_github_connect %}. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/admin/github-actions/managing-access-to-actions-from-githubcom/enabling-automatic-access-to-githubcom-actions-using-github-connect). {% endif %} For more information about using integrations, see: -* "[AUTOTITLE](/apps/using-github-apps/about-using-github-apps)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/apps/oauth-apps/using-oauth-apps)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/actions/learn-github-actions/finding-and-customizing-actions)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/apps/using-github-apps/about-using-github-apps) +* [AUTOTITLE](/apps/oauth-apps/using-oauth-apps) +* [AUTOTITLE](/actions/learn-github-actions/finding-and-customizing-actions) -You can also build your own integrations. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/exploring-integrations/about-building-integrations)." +You can also build your own integrations. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/exploring-integrations/about-building-integrations). diff --git a/content/get-started/exploring-integrations/featured-github-integrations.md b/content/get-started/exploring-integrations/featured-github-integrations.md index 24ed639b4d57..659b215e3dfc 100644 --- a/content/get-started/exploring-integrations/featured-github-integrations.md +++ b/content/get-started/exploring-integrations/featured-github-integrations.md @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ You can connect to {% data variables.product.product_name %} repositories within {% ifversion fpt %} > [!NOTE] -> To see an example of how third-party editor tools connect to repositories for {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}, see "[AUTOTITLE](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/integrate-github-classroom-with-an-ide/integrate-github-classroom-with-an-ide)." +> To see an example of how third-party editor tools connect to repositories for {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}, see [AUTOTITLE](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/integrate-github-classroom-with-an-ide/integrate-github-classroom-with-an-ide). {% endif %} diff --git a/content/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/contributing-to-a-project.md b/content/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/contributing-to-a-project.md index 4cead07e91c2..1d532847ff15 100644 --- a/content/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/contributing-to-a-project.md +++ b/content/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/contributing-to-a-project.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ If you want to contribute to someone else's project but don’t have permission When you create your own copy (or "fork") of a project, it’s like making a new workspace that shares code with the original project. This is useful for open-source projects or anytime you don’t have write access to the original project. -Once you’ve made your changes in your copy, you can submit them as a pull request, which is a way to propose changes back to the main project. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/working-with-forks/fork-a-repo)." +Once you’ve made your changes in your copy, you can submit them as a pull request, which is a way to propose changes back to the main project. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/working-with-forks/fork-a-repo). ## Creating your own copy of a project @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ This tutorial uses [the Spoon-Knife project](https://github.com/octocat/Spoon-Kn ![Screenshot of the main page of repository. A button, labeled with a fork icon and "Fork 59.3k," is outlined in dark orange.](/assets/images/help/repository/fork-button.png) 1. Under "Owner," select the dropdown menu and click an owner for the forked repository. - >[!NOTE] If your username is grayed out, it's because the fork already exists. Instead, you should bring your existing fork up to date. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/working-with-forks/syncing-a-fork#syncing-a-fork-branch-from-the-web-ui)." + >[!NOTE] If your username is grayed out, it's because the fork already exists. Instead, you should bring your existing fork up to date. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/working-with-forks/syncing-a-fork#syncing-a-fork-branch-from-the-web-ui). 1. By default, forks are named the same as their upstream repositories. Optionally, to further distinguish your fork, in the "Repository name" field, type a name. 1. Optionally, in the "Description" field, type a description of your fork. 1. Optionally, select **Copy the DEFAULT branch only**. @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ This tutorial uses [the Spoon-Knife project](https://github.com/octocat/Spoon-Kn 1. Click **Create fork**. > [!NOTE] -> If you want to copy additional branches from the upstream repository, you can do so from the **Branches** page. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/proposing-changes-to-your-work-with-pull-requests/creating-and-deleting-branches-within-your-repository)." +> If you want to copy additional branches from the upstream repository, you can do so from the **Branches** page. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/proposing-changes-to-your-work-with-pull-requests/creating-and-deleting-branches-within-your-repository). ## Cloning a fork to your computer @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ gh repo fork REPOSITORY --clone=true ## Creating a branch to work on -Before making changes to the project, you should create a new branch and check it out. By keeping changes in their own branch, you follow {% data variables.product.github %} flow and ensure that it will be easier to contribute to the same project again in the future. See "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/github-flow#following-github-flow)." +Before making changes to the project, you should create a new branch and check it out. By keeping changes in their own branch, you follow {% data variables.product.github %} flow and ensure that it will be easier to contribute to the same project again in the future. See [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/github-flow#following-github-flow). {% webui %} @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ git checkout BRANCH-NAME {% desktop %} -For more information about how to create and manage branches in {% data variables.product.prodname_desktop %}, see "[AUTOTITLE](/desktop/making-changes-in-a-branch/managing-branches-in-github-desktop)." +For more information about how to create and manage branches in {% data variables.product.prodname_desktop %}, see [AUTOTITLE](/desktop/making-changes-in-a-branch/managing-branches-in-github-desktop). {% enddesktop %} @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ git commit -m "a short description of the change" {% desktop %} -For more information about how to stage and commit changes in {% data variables.product.prodname_desktop %}, see "[AUTOTITLE](/desktop/making-changes-in-a-branch/committing-and-reviewing-changes-to-your-project-in-github-desktop#selecting-changes-to-include-in-a-commit)." +For more information about how to stage and commit changes in {% data variables.product.prodname_desktop %}, see [AUTOTITLE](/desktop/making-changes-in-a-branch/committing-and-reviewing-changes-to-your-project-in-github-desktop#selecting-changes-to-include-in-a-commit). {% enddesktop %} @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ git push {% desktop %} -For more information about how to push changes in {% data variables.product.prodname_desktop %}, see "[AUTOTITLE](/desktop/making-changes-in-a-branch/pushing-changes-to-github-from-github-desktop)." +For more information about how to push changes in {% data variables.product.prodname_desktop %}, see [AUTOTITLE](/desktop/making-changes-in-a-branch/pushing-changes-to-github-from-github-desktop). {% enddesktop %} @@ -198,10 +198,10 @@ Pull requests are an area for discussion. Don't be offended if the project owner ## Finding projects You've successfully forked and contributed back to a repository. Go forth, and -contribute some more!{% ifversion fpt %} For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/finding-ways-to-contribute-to-open-source-on-github)."{% endif %} +contribute some more!{% ifversion fpt %} For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/finding-ways-to-contribute-to-open-source-on-github).{% endif %} {% ifversion copilot %} ## Familiarizing yourself with a project -If you're new to a project, you can use {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_short %} to help you understand the purpose of the repository, examine files, and dive into specific lines of code. See "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/using-github-copilot-to-explore-projects)."{% endif %} +If you're new to a project, you can use {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_short %} to help you understand the purpose of the repository, examine files, and dive into specific lines of code. See [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/using-github-copilot-to-explore-projects).{% endif %} diff --git a/content/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/finding-ways-to-contribute-to-open-source-on-github.md b/content/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/finding-ways-to-contribute-to-open-source-on-github.md index 8395e650952d..3aaa56526287 100644 --- a/content/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/finding-ways-to-contribute-to-open-source-on-github.md +++ b/content/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/finding-ways-to-contribute-to-open-source-on-github.md @@ -20,11 +20,11 @@ shortTitle: Contribute to open source --- ## Discovering relevant projects -If there's a particular topic that interests you, visit `github.com/topics/`. For example, if you are interested in machine learning, you can find relevant projects and good first issues by visiting https://github.com/topics/machine-learning. You can browse popular topics by visiting [Topics](https://github.com/topics). You can also search for repositories that match a topic you're interested in. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/search-github/searching-on-github/searching-for-repositories#search-by-topic)." +If there's a particular topic that interests you, visit `github.com/topics/`. For example, if you are interested in machine learning, you can find relevant projects and good first issues by visiting https://github.com/topics/machine-learning. You can browse popular topics by visiting [Topics](https://github.com/topics). You can also search for repositories that match a topic you're interested in. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/search-github/searching-on-github/searching-for-repositories#search-by-topic). If you've been active on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}, you can find personalized recommendations for projects and good first issues based on your past contributions, stars, and other activities in [Explore {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}](https://github.com/explore). -Keep up with recent activity from repositories you watch, as well as people and organizations you follow, with your personal dashboard. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-user-account-settings/about-your-personal-dashboard)." +Keep up with recent activity from repositories you watch, as well as people and organizations you follow, with your personal dashboard. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-user-account-settings/about-your-personal-dashboard). {% data reusables.support.ask-and-answer-forum %} @@ -54,5 +54,5 @@ You can contribute to an open source project by adding additional information to ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/managing-your-repositorys-settings-and-features/customizing-your-repository/classifying-your-repository-with-topics)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/organizations/collaborating-with-groups-in-organizations/about-your-organization-dashboard)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/managing-your-repositorys-settings-and-features/customizing-your-repository/classifying-your-repository-with-topics) +* [AUTOTITLE](/organizations/collaborating-with-groups-in-organizations/about-your-organization-dashboard) diff --git a/content/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/following-organizations.md b/content/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/following-organizations.md index 6552f067bff1..3a3eae12b577 100644 --- a/content/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/following-organizations.md +++ b/content/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/following-organizations.md @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ topics: ## About followers on {% data variables.product.product_name %} -{% data reusables.organizations.about-following-organizations %} For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-user-account-settings/about-your-personal-dashboard#staying-updated-with-activity-from-the-community)." +{% data reusables.organizations.about-following-organizations %} For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-user-account-settings/about-your-personal-dashboard#staying-updated-with-activity-from-the-community). You can unfollow an organization if you do not wish to see their {% ifversion fpt or ghec %}public{% endif %} activity on {% data variables.product.product_name %}. @@ -36,5 +36,5 @@ You can unfollow an organization if you do not wish to see their {% ifversion fp ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/following-people)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/following-people) {% endif %} diff --git a/content/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/following-people.md b/content/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/following-people.md index faabe5de34e2..fa2c4484be8e 100644 --- a/content/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/following-people.md +++ b/content/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/following-people.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ topics: ## About followers on {% data variables.product.product_name %} -When you follow people, you'll see their public activity on your personal dashboard.{% ifversion fpt or ghec %} If someone you follow stars a public repository, {% data variables.product.product_name %} may recommend the repository to you.{% endif %} For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-user-account-settings/about-your-personal-dashboard#staying-updated-with-activity-from-the-community)." +When you follow people, you'll see their public activity on your personal dashboard.{% ifversion fpt or ghec %} If someone you follow stars a public repository, {% data variables.product.product_name %} may recommend the repository to you.{% endif %} For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-user-account-settings/about-your-personal-dashboard#staying-updated-with-activity-from-the-community). You can unfollow someone if you do not wish to see their public activity on {% data variables.product.product_name %}. @@ -48,6 +48,6 @@ You can unfollow someone if you do not wish to see their public activity on {% d ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/saving-repositories-with-stars)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/finding-ways-to-contribute-to-open-source-on-github)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/saving-repositories-with-stars) +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/finding-ways-to-contribute-to-open-source-on-github) {% endif %} diff --git a/content/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/saving-repositories-with-stars.md b/content/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/saving-repositories-with-stars.md index bed3ae100199..492f4b8a4139 100644 --- a/content/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/saving-repositories-with-stars.md +++ b/content/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/saving-repositories-with-stars.md @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ You can search, sort, and filter your starred repositories and topics on your {% Starring makes it easy to find a repository or topic again later. You can see all the repositories and topics you have starred by going to your {% data variables.explore.your_stars_page %}. {% ifversion fpt or ghec %} -You can star repositories and topics to discover similar projects on {% data variables.product.product_name %}. When you star repositories or topics, {% data variables.product.product_name %} may recommend related content on your personal dashboard. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/finding-ways-to-contribute-to-open-source-on-github)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-user-account-settings/about-your-personal-dashboard#staying-updated-with-activity-from-the-community)." +You can star repositories and topics to discover similar projects on {% data variables.product.product_name %}. When you star repositories or topics, {% data variables.product.product_name %} may recommend related content on your personal dashboard. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/finding-ways-to-contribute-to-open-source-on-github) and [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-user-account-settings/about-your-personal-dashboard#staying-updated-with-activity-from-the-community). {% endif %} Starring a repository also shows appreciation to the repository maintainer for their work. Many of {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}'s repository rankings depend on the number of stars a repository has. In addition, [Explore {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}](https://github.com/explore) shows popular repositories based on the number of stars they have. @@ -118,4 +118,4 @@ You can use sorting or filtering to customize how you see starred repositories a ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/managing-your-repositorys-settings-and-features/customizing-your-repository/classifying-your-repository-with-topics)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/managing-your-repositorys-settings-and-features/customizing-your-repository/classifying-your-repository-with-topics) diff --git a/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/about-remote-repositories.md b/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/about-remote-repositories.md index d02ba55d1eb1..426c966065fa 100644 --- a/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/about-remote-repositories.md +++ b/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/about-remote-repositories.md @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ There are several ways to clone repositories available on {% data variables.prod When you view a repository while signed in to your account, the URLs you can use to clone the project onto your computer are available below the repository details. -For information on setting or changing your remote URL, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/managing-remote-repositories)." +For information on setting or changing your remote URL, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/managing-remote-repositories). ## Cloning with HTTPS URLs @@ -57,25 +57,25 @@ When you `git clone`, `git fetch`, `git pull`, or `git push` to a remote reposit {% data reusables.command_line.provide-an-access-token %} > [!TIP] -> * You can use a credential helper so Git will remember your {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} credentials every time it talks to {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/caching-your-github-credentials-in-git)." -> * To clone a repository without authenticating to {% data variables.product.product_name %} on the command line, you can use {% data variables.product.prodname_desktop %} to clone instead. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/desktop/adding-and-cloning-repositories/cloning-a-repository-from-github-to-github-desktop)." +> * You can use a credential helper so Git will remember your {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} credentials every time it talks to {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/caching-your-github-credentials-in-git). +> * To clone a repository without authenticating to {% data variables.product.product_name %} on the command line, you can use {% data variables.product.prodname_desktop %} to clone instead. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/desktop/adding-and-cloning-repositories/cloning-a-repository-from-github-to-github-desktop). - {% ifversion fpt or ghec %}If you'd rather use SSH but cannot connect over port 22, you might be able to use SSH over the HTTPS port. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/authentication/troubleshooting-ssh/using-ssh-over-the-https-port)."{% endif %} + {% ifversion fpt or ghec %}If you'd rather use SSH but cannot connect over port 22, you might be able to use SSH over the HTTPS port. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/authentication/troubleshooting-ssh/using-ssh-over-the-https-port).{% endif %} ## Cloning with SSH URLs -SSH URLs provide access to a Git repository via SSH, a secure protocol. To use these URLs, you must generate an SSH keypair on your computer and add the **public** key to your account on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/authentication/connecting-to-github-with-ssh)." +SSH URLs provide access to a Git repository via SSH, a secure protocol. To use these URLs, you must generate an SSH keypair on your computer and add the **public** key to your account on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/authentication/connecting-to-github-with-ssh). -When you `git clone`, `git fetch`, `git pull`, or `git push` to a remote repository using SSH URLs, you'll be prompted for a password and must provide your SSH key passphrase. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/authentication/connecting-to-github-with-ssh/working-with-ssh-key-passphrases)." +When you `git clone`, `git fetch`, `git pull`, or `git push` to a remote repository using SSH URLs, you'll be prompted for a password and must provide your SSH key passphrase. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/authentication/connecting-to-github-with-ssh/working-with-ssh-key-passphrases). -{% ifversion fpt or ghec %}If you are accessing an organization that uses SAML single sign-on (SSO), you must authorize your SSH key to access the organization before you authenticate. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/authentication/authenticating-with-saml-single-sign-on/about-authentication-with-saml-single-sign-on)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/authentication/authenticating-with-saml-single-sign-on/authorizing-an-ssh-key-for-use-with-saml-single-sign-on){% ifversion fpt %}" in the {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %} documentation.{% else %}."{% endif %}{% endif %} +{% ifversion fpt or ghec %}If you are accessing an organization that uses SAML single sign-on (SSO), you must authorize your SSH key to access the organization before you authenticate. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/authentication/authenticating-with-saml-single-sign-on/about-authentication-with-saml-single-sign-on) and [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/authentication/authenticating-with-saml-single-sign-on/authorizing-an-ssh-key-for-use-with-saml-single-sign-on){% ifversion fpt %}" in the {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %} documentation.{% else %}.{% endif %}{% endif %} > [!TIP] -> You can use an SSH URL to clone a repository to your computer, or as a secure way of deploying your code to production servers. You can also use SSH agent forwarding with your deploy script to avoid managing keys on the server. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/authentication/connecting-to-github-with-ssh/using-ssh-agent-forwarding)." +> You can use an SSH URL to clone a repository to your computer, or as a secure way of deploying your code to production servers. You can also use SSH agent forwarding with your deploy script to avoid managing keys on the server. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/authentication/connecting-to-github-with-ssh/using-ssh-agent-forwarding). ## Cloning with {% data variables.product.prodname_cli %} -You can also install {% data variables.product.prodname_cli %} to use {% data variables.product.product_name %} workflows in your terminal. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/github-cli/github-cli/about-github-cli)." +You can also install {% data variables.product.prodname_cli %} to use {% data variables.product.product_name %} workflows in your terminal. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/github-cli/github-cli/about-github-cli). {% ifversion ghes < 3.13 %} @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ You can also install {% data variables.product.prodname_cli %} to use {% data va {% data reusables.subversion.sunset %} -You can also use a [Subversion](https://subversion.apache.org/) client to access any repository on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}. Subversion offers a different feature set than Git. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/working-with-subversion-on-github/what-are-the-differences-between-subversion-and-git)" +You can also use a [Subversion](https://subversion.apache.org/) client to access any repository on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}. Subversion offers a different feature set than Git. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/working-with-subversion-on-github/what-are-the-differences-between-subversion-and-git) -You can also access repositories on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} from Subversion clients. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/working-with-subversion-on-github/support-for-subversion-clients)." +You can also access repositories on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} from Subversion clients. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/working-with-subversion-on-github/support-for-subversion-clients). {% endif %} diff --git a/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/associating-text-editors-with-git.md b/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/associating-text-editors-with-git.md index 9cbdde3654a5..bb9c5c572fc2 100644 --- a/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/associating-text-editors-with-git.md +++ b/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/associating-text-editors-with-git.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ shortTitle: Associate text editors {% mac %} -1. Install [{% data variables.product.prodname_vscode %}](https://code.visualstudio.com/) ({% data variables.product.prodname_vscode_shortname %}). For more information, see "[Setting up {% data variables.product.prodname_vscode_shortname %}](https://code.visualstudio.com/Docs/setup/setup-overview)" in the {% data variables.product.prodname_vscode_shortname %} documentation. +1. Install [{% data variables.product.prodname_vscode %}](https://code.visualstudio.com/) ({% data variables.product.prodname_vscode_shortname %}). For more information, see [Setting up {% data variables.product.prodname_vscode_shortname %}](https://code.visualstudio.com/Docs/setup/setup-overview) in the {% data variables.product.prodname_vscode_shortname %} documentation. {% data reusables.command_line.open_the_multi_os_terminal %} 1. Type this command: @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ shortTitle: Associate text editors {% windows %} -1. Install [{% data variables.product.prodname_vscode %}](https://code.visualstudio.com/) ({% data variables.product.prodname_vscode_shortname %}). For more information, see "[Setting up {% data variables.product.prodname_vscode_shortname %}](https://code.visualstudio.com/Docs/setup/setup-overview)" in the {% data variables.product.prodname_vscode_shortname %} documentation. +1. Install [{% data variables.product.prodname_vscode %}](https://code.visualstudio.com/) ({% data variables.product.prodname_vscode_shortname %}). For more information, see [Setting up {% data variables.product.prodname_vscode_shortname %}](https://code.visualstudio.com/Docs/setup/setup-overview) in the {% data variables.product.prodname_vscode_shortname %} documentation. {% data reusables.command_line.open_the_multi_os_terminal %} 1. Type this command: @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ shortTitle: Associate text editors {% linux %} -1. Install [{% data variables.product.prodname_vscode %}](https://code.visualstudio.com/) ({% data variables.product.prodname_vscode_shortname %}). For more information, see "[Setting up {% data variables.product.prodname_vscode_shortname %}](https://code.visualstudio.com/Docs/setup/setup-overview)" in the {% data variables.product.prodname_vscode_shortname %} documentation. +1. Install [{% data variables.product.prodname_vscode %}](https://code.visualstudio.com/) ({% data variables.product.prodname_vscode_shortname %}). For more information, see [Setting up {% data variables.product.prodname_vscode_shortname %}](https://code.visualstudio.com/Docs/setup/setup-overview) in the {% data variables.product.prodname_vscode_shortname %} documentation. {% data reusables.command_line.open_the_multi_os_terminal %} 1. Type this command: @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ shortTitle: Associate text editors {% mac %} -1. Install [Sublime Text](https://www.sublimetext.com/). For more information, see "[Installation](https://docs.sublimetext.io/guide/getting-started/installation.html)" in the Sublime Text documentation. +1. Install [Sublime Text](https://www.sublimetext.com/). For more information, see [Installation](https://docs.sublimetext.io/guide/getting-started/installation.html) in the Sublime Text documentation. {% data reusables.command_line.open_the_multi_os_terminal %} 1. Type this command: @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ shortTitle: Associate text editors {% windows %} -1. Install [Sublime Text](https://www.sublimetext.com/). For more information, see "[Installation](https://docs.sublimetext.io/guide/getting-started/installation.html)" in the Sublime Text documentation. +1. Install [Sublime Text](https://www.sublimetext.com/). For more information, see [Installation](https://docs.sublimetext.io/guide/getting-started/installation.html) in the Sublime Text documentation. {% data reusables.command_line.open_the_multi_os_terminal %} 1. Type this command: @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ shortTitle: Associate text editors {% linux %} -1. Install [Sublime Text](https://www.sublimetext.com/). For more information, see "[Installation](https://docs.sublimetext.io/guide/getting-started/installation.html)" in the Sublime Text documentation. +1. Install [Sublime Text](https://www.sublimetext.com/). For more information, see [Installation](https://docs.sublimetext.io/guide/getting-started/installation.html) in the Sublime Text documentation. {% data reusables.command_line.open_the_multi_os_terminal %} 1. Type this command: @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ shortTitle: Associate text editors ## Using TextMate as your editor 1. Install [TextMate](https://macromates.com/). -1. Install TextMate's `mate` shell utility. For more information, see "[`mate` and `rmate`](https://macromates.com/blog/2011/mate-and-rmate/)" in the TextMate documentation. +1. Install TextMate's `mate` shell utility. For more information, see [`mate` and `rmate`](https://macromates.com/blog/2011/mate-and-rmate/) in the TextMate documentation. {% data reusables.command_line.open_the_multi_os_terminal %} 1. Type this command: @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ shortTitle: Associate text editors ## Using Notepad++ as your editor -1. Install Notepad++ from https://notepad-plus-plus.org/. For more information, see "[Getting started](https://github.com/notepad-plus-plus/npp-usermanual/blob/master/content/docs/getting-started.md)" in the Notepad++ documentation. +1. Install Notepad++ from https://notepad-plus-plus.org/. For more information, see [Getting started](https://github.com/notepad-plus-plus/npp-usermanual/blob/master/content/docs/getting-started.md) in the Notepad++ documentation. {% data reusables.command_line.open_the_multi_os_terminal %} 1. Type this command: diff --git a/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/caching-your-github-credentials-in-git.md b/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/caching-your-github-credentials-in-git.md index 3b03e4d1d3b3..b88ae049c0fe 100644 --- a/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/caching-your-github-credentials-in-git.md +++ b/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/caching-your-github-credentials-in-git.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ shortTitle: Caching credentials --- > [!TIP] -> If you clone {% data variables.product.product_name %} repositories using SSH, then you can authenticate using an SSH key instead of using other credentials. For information about setting up an SSH connection, see "[AUTOTITLE](/authentication/connecting-to-github-with-ssh)." +> If you clone {% data variables.product.product_name %} repositories using SSH, then you can authenticate using an SSH key instead of using other credentials. For information about setting up an SSH connection, see [AUTOTITLE](/authentication/connecting-to-github-with-ssh). ## {% data variables.product.prodname_cli %} @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Once you've authenticated successfully, your credentials are stored in the macOS {% windows %} -1. Install Git for Windows, which includes GCM. For more information, see "[Git for Windows releases](https://github.com/git-for-windows/git/releases/latest)" from its [releases page](https://github.com/git-for-windows/git/releases/latest). +1. Install Git for Windows, which includes GCM. For more information, see [Git for Windows releases](https://github.com/git-for-windows/git/releases/latest) from its [releases page](https://github.com/git-for-windows/git/releases/latest). We recommend always installing the latest version. At a minimum, install version 2.29 or higher, which is the first version offering OAuth support for GitHub. @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ For Linux, install Git and GCM, then configure Git to use GCM. 1. Install GCM. See the [instructions in the GCM repo](https://github.com/git-ecosystem/git-credential-manager/blob/release/docs/install.md), as they'll vary depending on the flavor of Linux you run. -1. Configure Git to use GCM. There are several backing stores that you may choose from, so see the GCM docs to complete your setup. For more information, see "[GCM Linux](https://aka.ms/gcmcore-linuxcredstores)." +1. Configure Git to use GCM. There are several backing stores that you may choose from, so see the GCM docs to complete your setup. For more information, see [GCM Linux](https://aka.ms/gcmcore-linuxcredstores). {% data reusables.gcm-core.next-time-you-clone %} @@ -95,4 +95,4 @@ For more options for storing your credentials on Linux, see [Credential Storage]
-For more information or to report issues with GCM, see the official GCM docs at "[Git Credential Manager](https://github.com/GitCredentialManager/git-credential-manager)." +For more information or to report issues with GCM, see the official GCM docs at [Git Credential Manager](https://github.com/GitCredentialManager/git-credential-manager). diff --git a/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/git-cheatsheet.md b/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/git-cheatsheet.md index d3166e9baa80..974ba0b3f323 100644 --- a/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/git-cheatsheet.md +++ b/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/git-cheatsheet.md @@ -11,6 +11,6 @@ versions: ghec: '*' intro: This Git cheat sheet is a time saver when you forget a command or don't want to use help in the CLI. --- -Learning all available Git commands at once can be a daunting task. You can use "[Git Cheat Sheets](https://training.github.com/)" for a quick reference to frequently used commands. The "Using Git" cheat sheet is available in several languages. +Learning all available Git commands at once can be a daunting task. You can use [Git Cheat Sheets](https://training.github.com/) for a quick reference to frequently used commands. The "Using Git" cheat sheet is available in several languages. In addition, take a look at our [Git and GitHub learning resources](/get-started/start-your-journey/git-and-github-learning-resources) page that links to guides, videos and more. diff --git a/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/git-workflows.md b/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/git-workflows.md index cbafc48eaa23..4d3b07e059cc 100644 --- a/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/git-workflows.md +++ b/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/git-workflows.md @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ versions: ghes: '*' ghec: '*' --- -You can adopt the {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} flow method to standardize how your team functions and collaborates on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/github-flow)." +You can adopt the {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} flow method to standardize how your team functions and collaborates on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/github-flow). diff --git a/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/ignoring-files.md b/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/ignoring-files.md index adf5cbcfed06..d061b24fc224 100644 --- a/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/ignoring-files.md +++ b/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/ignoring-files.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ versions: You can create a `.gitignore` file in your repository's root directory to tell Git which files and directories to ignore when you make a commit. To share the ignore rules with other users who clone the repository, commit the `.gitignore` file in to your repository. -GitHub maintains an official list of recommended `.gitignore` files for many popular operating systems, environments, and languages in the "github/gitignore" public repository. You can also use gitignore.io to create a `.gitignore` file for your operating system, programming language, or IDE. For more information, see "[github/gitignore](https://github.com/github/gitignore)" and the "[gitignore.io](https://www.gitignore.io/)" site. +GitHub maintains an official list of recommended `.gitignore` files for many popular operating systems, environments, and languages in the "github/gitignore" public repository. You can also use gitignore.io to create a `.gitignore` file for your operating system, programming language, or IDE. For more information, see [github/gitignore](https://github.com/github/gitignore) and the [gitignore.io](https://www.gitignore.io/) site. {% data reusables.command_line.open_the_multi_os_terminal %} 1. Navigate to the location of your Git repository. @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ GitHub maintains an official list of recommended `.gitignore` files for many pop If the command succeeds, there will be no output. -For an example `.gitignore` file, see "[Some common .gitignore configurations](https://gist.github.com/octocat/9257657)" in the Octocat repository. +For an example `.gitignore` file, see [Some common .gitignore configurations](https://gist.github.com/octocat/9257657) in the Octocat repository. If you want to ignore a file that is already checked in, you must untrack the file before you add a rule to ignore it. From your terminal, untrack the file. diff --git a/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/managing-remote-repositories.md b/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/managing-remote-repositories.md index 48f378cb5684..01d1d41bcc76 100644 --- a/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/managing-remote-repositories.md +++ b/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/managing-remote-repositories.md @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ $ git remote -v > origin https://{% data variables.product.product_url %}/OWNER/REPOSITORY.git (push) ``` -For more information on which URL to use, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/about-remote-repositories)." +For more information on which URL to use, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/about-remote-repositories). ### Troubleshooting: Remote origin already exists @@ -63,15 +63,15 @@ $ git remote add origin https://{% data variables.product.product_url %}/octocat To fix this, you can: * Use a different name for the new remote. -* Rename the existing remote repository before you add the new remote. For more information, see "[Renaming a remote repository](#renaming-a-remote-repository)" below. -* Delete the existing remote repository before you add the new remote. For more information, see "[Removing a remote repository](#removing-a-remote-repository)" below. +* Rename the existing remote repository before you add the new remote. For more information, see [Renaming a remote repository](#renaming-a-remote-repository) below. +* Delete the existing remote repository before you add the new remote. For more information, see [Removing a remote repository](#removing-a-remote-repository) below. ## Changing a remote repository's URL The `git remote set-url` command changes an existing remote repository URL. > [!TIP] -> For information on the difference between HTTPS and SSH URLs, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/about-remote-repositories)." +> For information on the difference between HTTPS and SSH URLs, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/about-remote-repositories). The `git remote set-url` command takes two arguments: diff --git a/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/set-up-git.md b/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/set-up-git.md index 1da731fcb631..6a71254a022c 100644 --- a/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/set-up-git.md +++ b/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/set-up-git.md @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ topics: --- ## Using Git -To use Git on the command line, you will need to download, install, and configure Git on your computer. You can also install {% data variables.product.prodname_cli %} to use {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} from the command line. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/github-cli/github-cli/about-github-cli)." +To use Git on the command line, you will need to download, install, and configure Git on your computer. You can also install {% data variables.product.prodname_cli %} to use {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} from the command line. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/github-cli/github-cli/about-github-cli). -If you want to work with Git locally, but do not want to use the command line, you can download and install the [{% data variables.product.prodname_desktop %}]({% data variables.product.desktop_link %}) client. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/desktop/overview/about-github-desktop)." +If you want to work with Git locally, but do not want to use the command line, you can download and install the [{% data variables.product.prodname_desktop %}]({% data variables.product.desktop_link %}) client. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/desktop/overview/about-github-desktop). If you do not need to work with files locally, {% data variables.product.product_name %} lets you complete many Git-related actions directly in the browser, including: @@ -60,11 +60,11 @@ When you connect to a {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} repository fr ### Connecting over HTTPS (recommended) -If you clone with HTTPS, you can cache your {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} credentials in Git using a credential helper. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/about-remote-repositories#cloning-with-https-urls)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/caching-your-github-credentials-in-git)." +If you clone with HTTPS, you can cache your {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} credentials in Git using a credential helper. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/about-remote-repositories#cloning-with-https-urls) and [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/caching-your-github-credentials-in-git). ### Connecting over SSH -If you clone with SSH, you must generate SSH keys on each computer you use to push or pull from {% data variables.product.product_name %}. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/about-remote-repositories#cloning-with-ssh-urls)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/authentication/connecting-to-github-with-ssh/generating-a-new-ssh-key-and-adding-it-to-the-ssh-agent)." +If you clone with SSH, you must generate SSH keys on each computer you use to push or pull from {% data variables.product.product_name %}. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/about-remote-repositories#cloning-with-ssh-urls) and [AUTOTITLE](/authentication/connecting-to-github-with-ssh/generating-a-new-ssh-key-and-adding-it-to-the-ssh-agent). ## Next steps diff --git a/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/setting-your-username-in-git.md b/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/setting-your-username-in-git.md index 5d39fcc17de5..9b6b1126f522 100644 --- a/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/setting-your-username-in-git.md +++ b/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/setting-your-username-in-git.md @@ -56,5 +56,5 @@ Changing the name associated with your Git commits using `git config` will only ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-email-preferences/setting-your-commit-email-address)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-email-preferences/setting-your-commit-email-address) * ["Git Configuration" from the _Pro Git_ book](https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Customizing-Git-Git-Configuration) diff --git a/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/updating-credentials-from-the-macos-keychain.md b/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/updating-credentials-from-the-macos-keychain.md index cd3f4106565e..28faa0115898 100644 --- a/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/updating-credentials-from-the-macos-keychain.md +++ b/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/updating-credentials-from-the-macos-keychain.md @@ -51,4 +51,4 @@ If it's successful, nothing will print out. To test that it works, try and clone ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/caching-your-github-credentials-in-git)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/caching-your-github-credentials-in-git) diff --git a/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/why-is-git-always-asking-for-my-password.md b/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/why-is-git-always-asking-for-my-password.md index fec4737ffca0..9abc6683dd1c 100644 --- a/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/why-is-git-always-asking-for-my-password.md +++ b/content/get-started/getting-started-with-git/why-is-git-always-asking-for-my-password.md @@ -20,6 +20,6 @@ You can avoid being prompted for your password by configuring Git to [cache your ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/about-remote-repositories)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/authentication/keeping-your-account-and-data-secure/about-authentication-to-github)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/authentication/connecting-to-github-with-ssh/generating-a-new-ssh-key-and-adding-it-to-the-ssh-agent#adding-your-ssh-key-to-the-ssh-agent)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/about-remote-repositories) +* [AUTOTITLE](/authentication/keeping-your-account-and-data-secure/about-authentication-to-github) +* [AUTOTITLE](/authentication/connecting-to-github-with-ssh/generating-a-new-ssh-key-and-adding-it-to-the-ssh-agent#adding-your-ssh-key-to-the-ssh-agent) diff --git a/content/get-started/learning-about-github/about-github-advanced-security.md b/content/get-started/learning-about-github/about-github-advanced-security.md index fe611bbaedfe..165f68227cfd 100644 --- a/content/get-started/learning-about-github/about-github-advanced-security.md +++ b/content/get-started/learning-about-github/about-github-advanced-security.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ shortTitle: GitHub Advanced Security {% data reusables.advanced-security.ghas-trial %} -{% ifversion ghes %}For information about buying a license for {% data variables.product.prodname_GH_advanced_security %}, see "[AUTOTITLE](/billing/managing-billing-for-your-products/managing-billing-for-github-advanced-security/about-billing-for-github-advanced-security)."{% elsif ghec %}For information about buying a license for {% data variables.product.prodname_GH_advanced_security %}, see "[AUTOTITLE](/billing/managing-billing-for-your-products/managing-billing-for-github-advanced-security/signing-up-for-github-advanced-security)."{% elsif fpt %}To purchase a {% data variables.product.prodname_GH_advanced_security %} license, you must be using {% data variables.product.prodname_enterprise %}. For information about upgrading to {% data variables.product.prodname_enterprise %} with {% data variables.product.prodname_GH_advanced_security %}, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/githubs-plans)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/billing/managing-billing-for-your-products/managing-billing-for-github-advanced-security/about-billing-for-github-advanced-security)."{% endif %} +{% ifversion ghes %}For information about buying a license for {% data variables.product.prodname_GH_advanced_security %}, see [AUTOTITLE](/billing/managing-billing-for-your-products/managing-billing-for-github-advanced-security/about-billing-for-github-advanced-security).{% elsif ghec %}For information about buying a license for {% data variables.product.prodname_GH_advanced_security %}, see [AUTOTITLE](/billing/managing-billing-for-your-products/managing-billing-for-github-advanced-security/signing-up-for-github-advanced-security).{% elsif fpt %}To purchase a {% data variables.product.prodname_GH_advanced_security %} license, you must be using {% data variables.product.prodname_enterprise %}. For information about upgrading to {% data variables.product.prodname_enterprise %} with {% data variables.product.prodname_GH_advanced_security %}, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/githubs-plans) and [AUTOTITLE](/billing/managing-billing-for-your-products/managing-billing-for-github-advanced-security/about-billing-for-github-advanced-security).{% endif %} > [!NOTE] > If you want to use {% data variables.product.prodname_GH_advanced_security %} with Azure Repos, see [{% data variables.product.prodname_GH_advanced_security %} & Azure DevOps](https://resources.github.com/ghazdo/) in our resources site. For documentation, see [Configure {% data variables.product.prodname_ghas_azdo %}](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/devops/repos/security/configure-github-advanced-security-features) in Microsoft Learn. @@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ shortTitle: GitHub Advanced Security A {% data variables.product.prodname_GH_advanced_security %} license provides the following additional features{% ifversion fpt %} for private repositories:{% else %}:{% endif %} -* **{% data variables.product.prodname_code_scanning_caps %}** - Search for potential security vulnerabilities and coding errors in your code using {% data variables.product.prodname_codeql %} or a third-party tool. See "[AUTOTITLE](/code-security/code-scanning/introduction-to-code-scanning/about-code-scanning)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/code-security/code-scanning/introduction-to-code-scanning/about-code-scanning-with-codeql)." +* **{% data variables.product.prodname_code_scanning_caps %}** - Search for potential security vulnerabilities and coding errors in your code using {% data variables.product.prodname_codeql %} or a third-party tool. See [AUTOTITLE](/code-security/code-scanning/introduction-to-code-scanning/about-code-scanning) and [AUTOTITLE](/code-security/code-scanning/introduction-to-code-scanning/about-code-scanning-with-codeql). -* **{% data variables.product.prodname_codeql_cli %}** - Run {% data variables.product.prodname_codeql %} processes locally on software projects or to generate {% data variables.product.prodname_code_scanning %} results for upload to {% data variables.product.product_name %}. See "[AUTOTITLE](/code-security/codeql-cli/getting-started-with-the-codeql-cli/about-the-codeql-cli)." +* **{% data variables.product.prodname_codeql_cli %}** - Run {% data variables.product.prodname_codeql %} processes locally on software projects or to generate {% data variables.product.prodname_code_scanning %} results for upload to {% data variables.product.product_name %}. See [AUTOTITLE](/code-security/codeql-cli/getting-started-with-the-codeql-cli/about-the-codeql-cli). -* **{% data variables.product.prodname_secret_scanning_caps %}** - Detect secrets, for example keys and tokens, that have been checked into {% ifversion fpt %}private repositories{% else %} the repository{% endif %}. If push protection is enabled, {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} also detects secrets when they are pushed to your repository. {% ifversion secret-scanning-enable-by-default-for-public-repos %}{% data variables.secret-scanning.user_alerts_caps %} and push protection are available and free of charge for all {% ifversion ghec %}user-owned {% endif %}public repositories on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %}.{% endif %} See "[AUTOTITLE](/code-security/secret-scanning/introduction/about-secret-scanning)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/code-security/secret-scanning/introduction/about-push-protection)." +* **{% data variables.product.prodname_secret_scanning_caps %}** - Detect secrets, for example keys and tokens, that have been checked into {% ifversion fpt %}private repositories{% else %} the repository{% endif %}. If push protection is enabled, {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} also detects secrets when they are pushed to your repository. {% ifversion secret-scanning-enable-by-default-for-public-repos %}{% data variables.secret-scanning.user_alerts_caps %} and push protection are available and free of charge for all {% ifversion ghec %}user-owned {% endif %}public repositories on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %}.{% endif %} See [AUTOTITLE](/code-security/secret-scanning/introduction/about-secret-scanning) and [AUTOTITLE](/code-security/secret-scanning/introduction/about-push-protection). {% ifversion dependabot-auto-triage-rules %} @@ -41,11 +41,11 @@ A {% data variables.product.prodname_GH_advanced_security %} license provides th {% endif %} -* **Dependency review** - Show the full impact of changes to dependencies and see details of any vulnerable versions before you merge a pull request. See "[AUTOTITLE](/code-security/supply-chain-security/understanding-your-software-supply-chain/about-dependency-review)." +* **Dependency review** - Show the full impact of changes to dependencies and see details of any vulnerable versions before you merge a pull request. See [AUTOTITLE](/code-security/supply-chain-security/understanding-your-software-supply-chain/about-dependency-review). {% ifversion copilot-chat-ghas-alerts %} -With a {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_enterprise %} license, you can also ask {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_chat %} for help to better understand security alerts in repositories in your organization ({% data variables.product.prodname_code_scanning %}, {% data variables.product.prodname_secret_scanning %}, and {% data variables.product.prodname_dependabot_alerts %}. See "[AUTOTITLE](/copilot/using-github-copilot/asking-github-copilot-questions-in-githubcom#asking-questions-about-alerts-from-github-advanced-security-features)." +With a {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_enterprise %} license, you can also ask {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_chat %} for help to better understand security alerts in repositories in your organization ({% data variables.product.prodname_code_scanning %}, {% data variables.product.prodname_secret_scanning %}, and {% data variables.product.prodname_dependabot_alerts %}. See [AUTOTITLE](/copilot/using-github-copilot/asking-github-copilot-questions-in-githubcom#asking-questions-about-alerts-from-github-advanced-security-features). {% endif %} @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ The table below summarizes the availability of {% data variables.product.prodnam {% endif %} -For information about {% data variables.product.prodname_advanced_security %} features that are in development, see "[{% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} public roadmap](https://github.com/github/roadmap)." For an overview of all security features, see "[AUTOTITLE](/code-security/getting-started/github-security-features)." +For information about {% data variables.product.prodname_advanced_security %} features that are in development, see [{% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} public roadmap](https://github.com/github/roadmap). For an overview of all security features, see [AUTOTITLE](/code-security/getting-started/github-security-features). {% ifversion fpt or ghec %} {% data variables.product.prodname_GH_advanced_security %} features are enabled for all public repositories on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %}. Organizations that use {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %} with {% data variables.product.prodname_advanced_security %} can additionally enable these features for private and internal repositories. {% ifversion fpt %}See the [{% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %} documentation](/enterprise-cloud@latest/get-started/learning-about-github/about-github-advanced-security#enabling-advanced-security-features).{% endif %} @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ For information about {% data variables.product.prodname_advanced_security %} fe ## Deploying GitHub Advanced Security in your enterprise -To learn about what you need to know to plan your {% data variables.product.prodname_GH_advanced_security %} deployment at a high level and to review the rollout phases we recommended, see "[AUTOTITLE](/code-security/adopting-github-advanced-security-at-scale)." +To learn about what you need to know to plan your {% data variables.product.prodname_GH_advanced_security %} deployment at a high level and to review the rollout phases we recommended, see [AUTOTITLE](/code-security/adopting-github-advanced-security-at-scale). ## Enabling {% data variables.product.prodname_advanced_security %} features @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ To learn about what you need to know to plan your {% data variables.product.prod {% endif %} {%- ifversion ghes %} -The site administrator must enable {% data variables.product.prodname_advanced_security %} for {% data variables.location.product_location %} before you can use these features. See "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/code-security/managing-github-advanced-security-for-your-enterprise)." +The site administrator must enable {% data variables.product.prodname_advanced_security %} for {% data variables.location.product_location %} before you can use these features. See [AUTOTITLE](/admin/code-security/managing-github-advanced-security-for-your-enterprise). Once your system is set up, you can enable and disable these features at the organization or repository level. @@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ For public repositories these features are permanently on and can only be disabl For other repositories, once you have a license for your enterprise account, you can enable and disable these features at the organization or repository level. {%- endif %} -See "[AUTOTITLE](/organizations/keeping-your-organization-secure/managing-security-settings-for-your-organization/managing-security-and-analysis-settings-for-your-organization)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/managing-your-repositorys-settings-and-features/enabling-features-for-your-repository/managing-security-and-analysis-settings-for-your-repository)." +See [AUTOTITLE](/organizations/keeping-your-organization-secure/managing-security-settings-for-your-organization/managing-security-and-analysis-settings-for-your-organization) and [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/managing-your-repositorys-settings-and-features/enabling-features-for-your-repository/managing-security-and-analysis-settings-for-your-repository). -If you have an enterprise account, license use for the entire enterprise is shown on your enterprise license page. See "[AUTOTITLE](/billing/managing-billing-for-your-products/managing-billing-for-github-advanced-security/viewing-your-github-advanced-security-usage)." +If you have an enterprise account, license use for the entire enterprise is shown on your enterprise license page. See [AUTOTITLE](/billing/managing-billing-for-your-products/managing-billing-for-github-advanced-security/viewing-your-github-advanced-security-usage). {% endif %} @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ If you have an enterprise account, license use for the entire enterprise is show ## About {% data variables.product.prodname_GH_advanced_security %} Certification -You can highlight your code security knowledge by earning a {% data variables.product.prodname_GH_advanced_security %} certificate with {% data variables.product.prodname_certifications %}. The certification validates your expertise in vulnerability identification, workflow security, and robust security implementation. See "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/showcase-your-expertise-with-github-certifications/about-github-certifications)." +You can highlight your code security knowledge by earning a {% data variables.product.prodname_GH_advanced_security %} certificate with {% data variables.product.prodname_certifications %}. The certification validates your expertise in vulnerability identification, workflow security, and robust security implementation. See [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/showcase-your-expertise-with-github-certifications/about-github-certifications). {% endif %} @@ -115,6 +115,6 @@ You can highlight your code security knowledge by earning a {% data variables.pr ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/policies/enforcing-policies-for-your-enterprise/enforcing-policies-for-code-security-and-analysis-for-your-enterprise)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/admin/policies/enforcing-policies-for-your-enterprise/enforcing-policies-for-code-security-and-analysis-for-your-enterprise) {% endif %} diff --git a/content/get-started/learning-about-github/access-permissions-on-github.md b/content/get-started/learning-about-github/access-permissions-on-github.md index b566b86f5ec3..589b7b217ebe 100644 --- a/content/get-started/learning-about-github/access-permissions-on-github.md +++ b/content/get-started/learning-about-github/access-permissions-on-github.md @@ -22,19 +22,19 @@ shortTitle: Access permissions {% data reusables.organizations.about-roles %} -Roles work differently for different types of accounts. For more information about accounts, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/types-of-github-accounts)." +Roles work differently for different types of accounts. For more information about accounts, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/types-of-github-accounts). ## Personal accounts -A repository owned by a personal account has two permission levels: the _repository owner_ and _collaborators_. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-user-account-settings/permission-levels-for-a-personal-account-repository)." +A repository owned by a personal account has two permission levels: the _repository owner_ and _collaborators_. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-user-account-settings/permission-levels-for-a-personal-account-repository). ## Organization accounts Organization members can have _owner_{% ifversion fpt or ghec %}, _billing manager_,{% endif %} or _member_ roles. Owners have complete administrative access to your organization{% ifversion fpt or ghec %}, while billing managers can manage billing settings{% endif %}. Member is the default role for everyone else. You can manage access permissions for multiple members at a time with teams. For more information, see: -* "[AUTOTITLE](/organizations/managing-peoples-access-to-your-organization-with-roles/roles-in-an-organization)"{% ifversion projects-v1 %} -* "[AUTOTITLE](/organizations/managing-access-to-your-organizations-project-boards/project-board-permissions-for-an-organization)"{% endif %} -* "[AUTOTITLE](/organizations/managing-user-access-to-your-organizations-repositories/managing-repository-roles/repository-roles-for-an-organization)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/organizations/organizing-members-into-teams/about-teams)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/organizations/managing-peoples-access-to-your-organization-with-roles/roles-in-an-organization){% ifversion projects-v1 %} +* [AUTOTITLE](/organizations/managing-access-to-your-organizations-project-boards/project-board-permissions-for-an-organization){% endif %} +* [AUTOTITLE](/organizations/managing-user-access-to-your-organizations-repositories/managing-repository-roles/repository-roles-for-an-organization) +* [AUTOTITLE](/organizations/organizing-members-into-teams/about-teams) ## Enterprise accounts @@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ Organization members can have _owner_{% ifversion fpt or ghec %}, _billing manag For more information about permissions for enterprise accounts, see [the {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %} documentation](/enterprise-cloud@latest/get-started/learning-about-github/access-permissions-on-github). {% else %} -_Enterprise owners_ have ultimate power over the enterprise account and can take every action in the enterprise account.{% ifversion ghec or ghes %} _Billing managers_ can manage your enterprise account's billing settings.{% endif %} Members and outside collaborators of organizations owned by your enterprise account are automatically members of the enterprise account, although they have no access to the enterprise account itself or its settings. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/managing-accounts-and-repositories/managing-users-in-your-enterprise/roles-in-an-enterprise)." +_Enterprise owners_ have ultimate power over the enterprise account and can take every action in the enterprise account.{% ifversion ghec or ghes %} _Billing managers_ can manage your enterprise account's billing settings.{% endif %} Members and outside collaborators of organizations owned by your enterprise account are automatically members of the enterprise account, although they have no access to the enterprise account itself or its settings. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/admin/managing-accounts-and-repositories/managing-users-in-your-enterprise/roles-in-an-enterprise). {% ifversion ghec %} -If an enterprise uses {% data variables.product.prodname_emus %}, members are provisioned as new personal accounts on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} and are fully managed by the identity provider. The {% data variables.enterprise.prodname_managed_users %} have read-only access to repositories that are not a part of their enterprise and cannot interact with users that are not also members of the enterprise. Within the organizations owned by the enterprise, the {% data variables.enterprise.prodname_managed_users %} can be granted the same granular access levels available for regular organizations. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/identity-and-access-management/understanding-iam-for-enterprises/about-enterprise-managed-users)." +If an enterprise uses {% data variables.product.prodname_emus %}, members are provisioned as new personal accounts on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} and are fully managed by the identity provider. The {% data variables.enterprise.prodname_managed_users %} have read-only access to repositories that are not a part of their enterprise and cannot interact with users that are not also members of the enterprise. Within the organizations owned by the enterprise, the {% data variables.enterprise.prodname_managed_users %} can be granted the same granular access levels available for regular organizations. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/admin/identity-and-access-management/understanding-iam-for-enterprises/about-enterprise-managed-users). {% endif %} {% endif %} ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/types-of-github-accounts)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/types-of-github-accounts) diff --git a/content/get-started/learning-about-github/faq-about-changes-to-githubs-plans.md b/content/get-started/learning-about-github/faq-about-changes-to-githubs-plans.md index ee136c066046..5f56cb641de4 100644 --- a/content/get-started/learning-about-github/faq-about-changes-to-githubs-plans.md +++ b/content/get-started/learning-about-github/faq-about-changes-to-githubs-plans.md @@ -27,11 +27,11 @@ GitHub announced the following plans and pricing changes: ## How can I upgrade my plan? -To upgrade your account's plan, see "[AUTOTITLE](/billing/managing-the-plan-for-your-github-account/upgrading-your-accounts-plan)." +To upgrade your account's plan, see [AUTOTITLE](/billing/managing-the-plan-for-your-github-account/upgrading-your-accounts-plan). ## How can I downgrade my plan? -To downgrade your personal account or organizations's plan, see "[AUTOTITLE](/billing/managing-the-plan-for-your-github-account/downgrading-your-accounts-plan)." +To downgrade your personal account or organizations's plan, see [AUTOTITLE](/billing/managing-the-plan-for-your-github-account/downgrading-your-accounts-plan). ## If I downgrade from GitHub Team or a Legacy plan to GitHub Free, what features will I lose? @@ -64,15 +64,15 @@ Customers who are currently paying annually for Pro and Team plans and signed up ## What is the difference between GitHub Free for individual developers and GitHub Free for organizations? -For details on the differences for each GitHub Free product, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/githubs-plans)." +For details on the differences for each GitHub Free product, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/githubs-plans). ## How can I get more Actions minutes if I need more than allocated in the GitHub Team plan? -Most small teams use fewer than 3,000 Actions minutes/month, but some teams might use more. If your team needs additional minutes for private repositories, you can increase your spending limit for GitHub Actions. Actions minutes and Packages storage are still free for your public repositories. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/billing/managing-billing-for-github-actions/managing-your-spending-limit-for-github-actions)." +Most small teams use fewer than 3,000 Actions minutes/month, but some teams might use more. If your team needs additional minutes for private repositories, you can increase your spending limit for GitHub Actions. Actions minutes and Packages storage are still free for your public repositories. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/billing/managing-billing-for-github-actions/managing-your-spending-limit-for-github-actions). ## How do the seat limit changes affect me? -Now that {% data variables.product.prodname_team %} has no minimum seat requirement, if you are using fewer than five seats in your organization, you can remove paid seats to reduce your bill. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/billing/managing-the-plan-for-your-github-account/downgrading-your-accounts-plan#removing-paid-seats-from-your-organization)." +Now that {% data variables.product.prodname_team %} has no minimum seat requirement, if you are using fewer than five seats in your organization, you can remove paid seats to reduce your bill. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/billing/managing-the-plan-for-your-github-account/downgrading-your-accounts-plan#removing-paid-seats-from-your-organization). ## Is anything changing for teams on the GitHub Team for Open Source plan? diff --git a/content/get-started/learning-about-github/github-language-support.md b/content/get-started/learning-about-github/github-language-support.md index d814c83fd804..52d249658d9b 100644 --- a/content/get-started/learning-about-github/github-language-support.md +++ b/content/get-started/learning-about-github/github-language-support.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ redirect_from: ## About supported languages -Most {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} features work regardless of which languages your code is written in. You can search for code or enable syntax highlighting based on any language known to {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE]{% ifversion code-search-upgrade %}(/search-github/github-code-search/understanding-github-code-search-syntax#language-qualifier){% else %}(/search-github/searching-on-github/searching-code#search-by-language){% endif %}" or "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-and-highlighting-code-blocks#syntax-highlighting)." +Most {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} features work regardless of which languages your code is written in. You can search for code or enable syntax highlighting based on any language known to {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE]{% ifversion code-search-upgrade %}(/search-github/github-code-search/understanding-github-code-search-syntax#language-qualifier){% else %}(/search-github/searching-on-github/searching-code#search-by-language){% endif %} or [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-and-highlighting-code-blocks#syntax-highlighting). Some {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} products have features that are currently only supported for a subset of programming languages. diff --git a/content/get-started/learning-about-github/githubs-plans.md b/content/get-started/learning-about-github/githubs-plans.md index 9b0988ced7a5..fba86d51fbba 100644 --- a/content/get-started/learning-about-github/githubs-plans.md +++ b/content/get-started/learning-about-github/githubs-plans.md @@ -21,11 +21,11 @@ topics: --- ## About {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}'s plans -{% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} offers free and paid plans for storing and collaborating on code. Some plans are available only to personal accounts, while other plans are available only to organization and enterprise accounts. For more information about accounts, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/types-of-github-accounts)." +{% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} offers free and paid plans for storing and collaborating on code. Some plans are available only to personal accounts, while other plans are available only to organization and enterprise accounts. For more information about accounts, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/types-of-github-accounts). See costs and features for each plan at {% data variables.product.pricing_link %}. {% data reusables.products.product-roadmap %} -When you read {% data variables.product.prodname_docs %}, make sure to select the version that reflects your plan. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github-docs/about-versions-of-github-docs)." +When you read {% data variables.product.prodname_docs %}, make sure to select the version that reflects your plan. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github-docs/about-versions-of-github-docs). ## {% data variables.product.prodname_free_user %} for personal accounts @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ In addition to the features available with {% data variables.product.prodname_fr {% data reusables.repositories.repo-insights-commit-limit %} {%- ifversion fpt or ghec %} * The option to enable or disable {% data variables.product.prodname_github_codespaces %} - * Organization owners can choose to enable or disable {% data variables.product.prodname_github_codespaces %} for the organization's private {% ifversion ghec %}and internal {% endif %}repositories, and can pay for the usage of members and collaborators. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/codespaces/managing-codespaces-for-your-organization/enabling-or-disabling-github-codespaces-for-your-organization)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/codespaces/managing-codespaces-for-your-organization/choosing-who-owns-and-pays-for-codespaces-in-your-organization)." + * Organization owners can choose to enable or disable {% data variables.product.prodname_github_codespaces %} for the organization's private {% ifversion ghec %}and internal {% endif %}repositories, and can pay for the usage of members and collaborators. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/codespaces/managing-codespaces-for-your-organization/enabling-or-disabling-github-codespaces-for-your-organization) and [AUTOTITLE](/codespaces/managing-codespaces-for-your-organization/choosing-who-owns-and-pays-for-codespaces-in-your-organization). {%- endif %} {% data variables.product.company_short %} bills for {% data variables.product.prodname_team %} on a per-user basis. For more information, see "[About per-user pricing]({% ifversion not fpt %}/free-pro-team@latest{% endif %}/billing/managing-the-plan-for-your-github-account/about-per-user-pricing){% ifversion fpt %}."{% else %}" in the Free, Pro, & Team documentation.{% endif %} @@ -121,26 +121,26 @@ In addition to the features available with {% data variables.product.prodname_te * Access provisioning with SAML or SCIM * Deployment protection rules with {% data variables.product.prodname_actions %} for private or internal repositories * {% data variables.product.prodname_github_connect %} -* The option to purchase {% data variables.product.prodname_GH_advanced_security %}. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/about-github-advanced-security)." +* The option to purchase {% data variables.product.prodname_GH_advanced_security %}. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/about-github-advanced-security). * Additional features such as internal repositories{% ifversion repo-rules %}, security overview, and repository rules{% else %} and security overview{% endif %}. {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %} specifically includes: * 50,000 {% data variables.product.prodname_actions %} minutes per month - * Included minutes can be used with standard {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}-hosted runners only. For more information about billing for {% data variables.actions.hosted_runners %}, see "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/actions/using-github-hosted-runners/about-larger-runners/about-larger-runners#understanding-billing)." + * Included minutes can be used with standard {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}-hosted runners only. For more information about billing for {% data variables.actions.hosted_runners %}, see [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/actions/using-github-hosted-runners/about-larger-runners/about-larger-runners#understanding-billing). * 50 GB {% data variables.product.prodname_registry %} storage * A service level agreement for 99.9% monthly uptime -* The option to centrally manage policy and billing for multiple {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} organizations with an enterprise account. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/managing-your-enterprise-account/about-enterprise-accounts)." +* The option to centrally manage policy and billing for multiple {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} organizations with an enterprise account. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/managing-your-enterprise-account/about-enterprise-accounts). - * If you upgrade an existing organization to {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %}, your enterprise account will contain your organization. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE]({% ifversion fpt or ghes %}/enterprise-cloud@latest{% endif %}/billing/managing-the-plan-for-your-github-account/upgrading-your-accounts-plan#upgrading-your-organizations-plan)" and "[AUTOTITLE]({% ifversion fpt or ghes %}/enterprise-cloud@latest{% endif %}/admin/managing-your-enterprise-account/creating-an-enterprise-account#about-enterprise-account-creation){% ifversion fpt or ghes %}" in the {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %} documentation.{% else %}."{% endif %} -* The option to provision and manage the user accounts for your developers, by using {% data variables.product.prodname_emus %}. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/identity-and-access-management/understanding-iam-for-enterprises/about-enterprise-managed-users)." -* Additional features such as audit log streaming and IP allow list. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE]({% ifversion fpt and ghes %}/enterprise-cloud@latest{% endif %}/admin/monitoring-activity-in-your-enterprise/reviewing-audit-logs-for-your-enterprise/streaming-the-audit-log-for-your-enterprise)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/configuration/hardening-security-for-your-enterprise/restricting-network-traffic-to-your-enterprise-with-an-ip-allow-list){% ifversion fpt or ghes %}" in the {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %} documentation.{% else %}."{% endif %} + * If you upgrade an existing organization to {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %}, your enterprise account will contain your organization. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE]({% ifversion fpt or ghes %}/enterprise-cloud@latest{% endif %}/billing/managing-the-plan-for-your-github-account/upgrading-your-accounts-plan#upgrading-your-organizations-plan) and [AUTOTITLE]({% ifversion fpt or ghes %}/enterprise-cloud@latest{% endif %}/admin/managing-your-enterprise-account/creating-an-enterprise-account#about-enterprise-account-creation){% ifversion fpt or ghes %} in the {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %} documentation.{% else %}.{% endif %} +* The option to provision and manage the user accounts for your developers, by using {% data variables.product.prodname_emus %}. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/identity-and-access-management/understanding-iam-for-enterprises/about-enterprise-managed-users). +* Additional features such as audit log streaming and IP allow list. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE]({% ifversion fpt and ghes %}/enterprise-cloud@latest{% endif %}/admin/monitoring-activity-in-your-enterprise/reviewing-audit-logs-for-your-enterprise/streaming-the-audit-log-for-your-enterprise) and [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/configuration/hardening-security-for-your-enterprise/restricting-network-traffic-to-your-enterprise-with-an-ip-allow-list){% ifversion fpt or ghes %} in the {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %} documentation.{% else %}.{% endif %} * The option to host your company's data in a specific region, on a unique subdomain For a detailed list of the features available with {% data variables.product.prodname_enterprise %}, see our [Pricing](https://github.com/pricing) page. To see how {% data variables.product.product_name %} compares to GitLab, Bitbucket, and Jenkins, see [Comparing GitHub to other DevOps solutions](https://resources.github.com/devops/tools/compare/). -You can set up trials to evaluate {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %} and {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_server %}. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/overview/setting-up-a-trial-of-github-enterprise-cloud)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-server@latest/admin/overview/setting-up-a-trial-of-github-enterprise-server)." +You can set up trials to evaluate {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %} and {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_server %}. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/overview/setting-up-a-trial-of-github-enterprise-cloud) and [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-server@latest/admin/overview/setting-up-a-trial-of-github-enterprise-server). ## Further reading diff --git a/content/get-started/learning-about-github/types-of-github-accounts.md b/content/get-started/learning-about-github/types-of-github-accounts.md index 5dad54810f8b..ee2f4a6fe615 100644 --- a/content/get-started/learning-about-github/types-of-github-accounts.md +++ b/content/get-started/learning-about-github/types-of-github-accounts.md @@ -42,18 +42,18 @@ User accounts are intended for humans, but you can create accounts to automate a There are two types of user account: -* "[Personal accounts](#personal-accounts)" -* "[{% data variables.enterprise.prodname_managed_users_caps %}](#managed-user-accounts)" +* [Personal accounts](#personal-accounts) +* [{% data variables.enterprise.prodname_managed_users_caps %}](#managed-user-accounts) ### Personal accounts If you signed up for your own account on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %}, you are using a personal account. -Each personal account uses either {% data variables.product.prodname_free_user %} or {% data variables.product.prodname_pro %}. All personal accounts can own an unlimited number of public and private repositories, with an unlimited number of collaborators on those repositories. If you use {% data variables.product.prodname_free_user %}, private repositories owned by your personal account have a limited feature set. You can upgrade to {% data variables.product.prodname_pro %} to get a full feature set for private repositories. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/githubs-plans)." +Each personal account uses either {% data variables.product.prodname_free_user %} or {% data variables.product.prodname_pro %}. All personal accounts can own an unlimited number of public and private repositories, with an unlimited number of collaborators on those repositories. If you use {% data variables.product.prodname_free_user %}, private repositories owned by your personal account have a limited feature set. You can upgrade to {% data variables.product.prodname_pro %} to get a full feature set for private repositories. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/githubs-plans). -Many people use one personal account for all their work on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %}, including both open source projects and paid employment. If you're currently using more than one personal account that you created for yourself, we suggest combining the accounts. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-your-personal-account/merging-multiple-personal-accounts)." +Many people use one personal account for all their work on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %}, including both open source projects and paid employment. If you're currently using more than one personal account that you created for yourself, we suggest combining the accounts. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-your-personal-account/merging-multiple-personal-accounts). -Even if you're a member of an organization that uses SAML single sign-on, you will still sign in to your own personal account on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %}, and that personal account will be linked to your identity in your organization's identity provider (IdP). For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/authentication/authenticating-with-saml-single-sign-on/about-authentication-with-saml-single-sign-on){% ifversion fpt %}" in the {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %} documentation.{% else %}."{% endif %} +Even if you're a member of an organization that uses SAML single sign-on, you will still sign in to your own personal account on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %}, and that personal account will be linked to your identity in your organization's identity provider (IdP). For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/authentication/authenticating-with-saml-single-sign-on/about-authentication-with-saml-single-sign-on){% ifversion fpt %}" in the {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %} documentation.{% else %}.{% endif %} ### {% data variables.enterprise.prodname_managed_users_caps %} @@ -73,27 +73,27 @@ Organizations are shared accounts where a large number of people can collaborate Like user accounts, organizations can own resources such as repositories, packages, and projects. However, you cannot sign in to an organization. Instead, each person signs in to their user account, and any actions the person takes on organization resources are attributed to their user account. Each user can be a member of multiple organizations. -The users within an organization can be given different roles in the organization, which grant different levels of access to the organization and its data. All members can collaborate with each other in repositories and projects, but only organization owners and security managers can manage the settings for the organization and control access to the organization's data with sophisticated security and administrative features. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/organizations/managing-peoples-access-to-your-organization-with-roles/roles-in-an-organization)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/organizations/keeping-your-organization-secure)." +The users within an organization can be given different roles in the organization, which grant different levels of access to the organization and its data. All members can collaborate with each other in repositories and projects, but only organization owners and security managers can manage the settings for the organization and control access to the organization's data with sophisticated security and administrative features. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/organizations/managing-peoples-access-to-your-organization-with-roles/roles-in-an-organization) and [AUTOTITLE](/organizations/keeping-your-organization-secure). -You can also create nested sub-groups of organization members called teams, to reflect your group's structure and simplify access management. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/organizations/organizing-members-into-teams/about-teams)." +You can also create nested sub-groups of organization members called teams, to reflect your group's structure and simplify access management. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/organizations/organizing-members-into-teams/about-teams). {% data reusables.organizations.organization-plans %} -For more information about all the features of organizations, see "[AUTOTITLE](/organizations/collaborating-with-groups-in-organizations/about-organizations)." +For more information about all the features of organizations, see [AUTOTITLE](/organizations/collaborating-with-groups-in-organizations/about-organizations). ## Enterprise accounts {% ifversion fpt %} -{% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %} and {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_server %} include enterprise accounts, which allow administrators to centrally manage policy and billing for multiple organizations and enable innersourcing between the organizations. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/managing-your-enterprise-account/about-enterprise-accounts)" in the {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %} documentation. +{% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %} and {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_server %} include enterprise accounts, which allow administrators to centrally manage policy and billing for multiple organizations and enable innersourcing between the organizations. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/managing-your-enterprise-account/about-enterprise-accounts) in the {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %} documentation. {% elsif ghec %} -Enterprise accounts allow central policy management and billing for multiple organizations. You can use your enterprise account to centrally manage policy and billing. Unlike organizations, enterprise accounts cannot directly own resources like repositories, packages, or projects. These resources are owned by organizations within the enterprise account instead. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/managing-your-enterprise-account/about-enterprise-accounts)." +Enterprise accounts allow central policy management and billing for multiple organizations. You can use your enterprise account to centrally manage policy and billing. Unlike organizations, enterprise accounts cannot directly own resources like repositories, packages, or projects. These resources are owned by organizations within the enterprise account instead. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/admin/managing-your-enterprise-account/about-enterprise-accounts). {% elsif ghes %} -Your enterprise account is a collection of all the organizations {% ifversion ghes %}on{% endif %} {% data variables.location.product_location %}. You can use your enterprise account to centrally manage policy and billing. Unlike organizations, enterprise accounts cannot directly own resources like repositories, packages, or projects. These resources are owned by organizations within the enterprise account instead. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/managing-your-enterprise-account/about-enterprise-accounts)." +Your enterprise account is a collection of all the organizations {% ifversion ghes %}on{% endif %} {% data variables.location.product_location %}. You can use your enterprise account to centrally manage policy and billing. Unlike organizations, enterprise accounts cannot directly own resources like repositories, packages, or projects. These resources are owned by organizations within the enterprise account instead. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/admin/managing-your-enterprise-account/about-enterprise-accounts). {% endif %} ## Further reading {% ifversion fpt or ghec %} -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/creating-an-account-on-github)"{% endif %} -* "[AUTOTITLE](/organizations/collaborating-with-groups-in-organizations/creating-a-new-organization-from-scratch)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/creating-an-account-on-github){% endif %} +* [AUTOTITLE](/organizations/collaborating-with-groups-in-organizations/creating-a-new-organization-from-scratch) * [Organizing people for successful collaboration](https://vimeo.com/333786093) video in {% data variables.product.company_short %} Resources diff --git a/content/get-started/onboarding/getting-started-with-github-enterprise-cloud.md b/content/get-started/onboarding/getting-started-with-github-enterprise-cloud.md index ab663dfc77f4..7165d1ab1f61 100644 --- a/content/get-started/onboarding/getting-started-with-github-enterprise-cloud.md +++ b/content/get-started/onboarding/getting-started-with-github-enterprise-cloud.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ This guide will walk you through setting up, configuring and managing your {% da The main difference between the products is that {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %} is hosted by {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}, while {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_server %} is self-hosted. -{% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %} includes an enterprise account, which allows you to manage multiple organizations. You can choose to let enterprise members create and manage their own personal accounts, or you can use {% data variables.product.prodname_emus %}. For more information about {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %}, see "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/overview/about-github-enterprise-cloud)." +{% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %} includes an enterprise account, which allows you to manage multiple organizations. You can choose to let enterprise members create and manage their own personal accounts, or you can use {% data variables.product.prodname_emus %}. For more information about {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %}, see [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/overview/about-github-enterprise-cloud). ## Part 1: Setting up your enterprise account @@ -23,49 +23,49 @@ To get started with {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %}, decide whic ### 1. Choosing an enterprise type -{% data reusables.enterprise-accounts.about-enterprise-types %} Before you begin using {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %}, you must decide which type of enterprise to use. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/identity-and-access-management/understanding-iam-for-enterprises/choosing-an-enterprise-type-for-github-enterprise-cloud)." +{% data reusables.enterprise-accounts.about-enterprise-types %} Before you begin using {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %}, you must decide which type of enterprise to use. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/admin/identity-and-access-management/understanding-iam-for-enterprises/choosing-an-enterprise-type-for-github-enterprise-cloud). ### 2. About enterprise accounts -An enterprise account allows you to centrally manage policy and settings for multiple {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} organizations, including member access, billing and usage and security. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/managing-your-enterprise-account/about-enterprise-accounts)." +An enterprise account allows you to centrally manage policy and settings for multiple {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} organizations, including member access, billing and usage and security. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/managing-your-enterprise-account/about-enterprise-accounts). ### 3. Creating an enterprise account -To create your enterprise account, start a free 30-day trial of {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %}. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/overview/setting-up-a-trial-of-github-enterprise-cloud)." +To create your enterprise account, start a free 30-day trial of {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %}. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/admin/overview/setting-up-a-trial-of-github-enterprise-cloud). Try {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %} for free {% octicon "link-external" height:16 %} ### 4. Adding organizations to your enterprise account -You can add any number of new or existing organizations to manage within your enterprise account. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/managing-accounts-and-repositories/managing-organizations-in-your-enterprise/adding-organizations-to-your-enterprise)." +You can add any number of new or existing organizations to manage within your enterprise account. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/managing-accounts-and-repositories/managing-organizations-in-your-enterprise/adding-organizations-to-your-enterprise). ### 5. Creating a README for the enterprise -{% data reusables.enterprise.about-readmes %} For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/managing-your-enterprise-account/creating-a-readme-for-an-enterprise)." +{% data reusables.enterprise.about-readmes %} For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/managing-your-enterprise-account/creating-a-readme-for-an-enterprise). ### 6. Viewing the subscription and usage for your enterprise account -You can view your current subscription, license usage, invoices, payment history, and other billing information for your enterprise account at any time. Both enterprise owners and billing managers can access and manage billing settings for enterprise accounts. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/billing/managing-the-plan-for-your-github-account/viewing-the-subscription-and-usage-for-your-enterprise-account)." +You can view your current subscription, license usage, invoices, payment history, and other billing information for your enterprise account at any time. Both enterprise owners and billing managers can access and manage billing settings for enterprise accounts. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/billing/managing-the-plan-for-your-github-account/viewing-the-subscription-and-usage-for-your-enterprise-account). ## Part 2: Managing your enterprise members with {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %} -If your enterprise uses {% data variables.product.prodname_emus %}, your members are fully managed through your identity provider. Adding members, making changes to their membership, and assigning roles is all managed using your IdP. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/identity-and-access-management/understanding-iam-for-enterprises/about-enterprise-managed-users)." +If your enterprise uses {% data variables.product.prodname_emus %}, your members are fully managed through your identity provider. Adding members, making changes to their membership, and assigning roles is all managed using your IdP. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/identity-and-access-management/understanding-iam-for-enterprises/about-enterprise-managed-users). If your enterprise does not use {% data variables.product.prodname_emus %}, follow the steps below. ### 1. Assigning roles in an enterprise -By default, everyone in an enterprise is a member of the enterprise. There are also administrative roles, including enterprise owner and billing manager, that have different levels of access to enterprise settings and data. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/managing-accounts-and-repositories/managing-users-in-your-enterprise/roles-in-an-enterprise)." +By default, everyone in an enterprise is a member of the enterprise. There are also administrative roles, including enterprise owner and billing manager, that have different levels of access to enterprise settings and data. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/managing-accounts-and-repositories/managing-users-in-your-enterprise/roles-in-an-enterprise). ### 2. Inviting people to manage your enterprise -You can invite people to manage your enterprise as enterprise owners or billing managers or remove administrators who no longer need access. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/managing-accounts-and-repositories/managing-users-in-your-enterprise/inviting-people-to-manage-your-enterprise)." +You can invite people to manage your enterprise as enterprise owners or billing managers or remove administrators who no longer need access. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/managing-accounts-and-repositories/managing-users-in-your-enterprise/inviting-people-to-manage-your-enterprise). -You can also grant enterprise members the ability to manage support tickets in the support portal. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/managing-accounts-and-repositories/managing-users-in-your-enterprise/managing-support-entitlements-for-your-enterprise)." +You can also grant enterprise members the ability to manage support tickets in the support portal. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/managing-accounts-and-repositories/managing-users-in-your-enterprise/managing-support-entitlements-for-your-enterprise). ### 3. Viewing people in your enterprise -To audit access to enterprise-owned resources or user license usage, you can view every enterprise administrator, enterprise member, and outside collaborator in your enterprise. You can see the organizations that a member belongs to and the specific repositories that an outside collaborator has access to. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/managing-accounts-and-repositories/managing-users-in-your-enterprise/viewing-people-in-your-enterprise)." +To audit access to enterprise-owned resources or user license usage, you can view every enterprise administrator, enterprise member, and outside collaborator in your enterprise. You can see the organizations that a member belongs to and the specific repositories that an outside collaborator has access to. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/admin/managing-accounts-and-repositories/managing-users-in-your-enterprise/viewing-people-in-your-enterprise). ## Part 3: Managing security with {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %} @@ -78,15 +78,15 @@ With {% data variables.product.prodname_emus %}, access and identity is managed #### 1. Enabling SAML single sign-on and provisioning in your {% data variables.enterprise.prodname_emu_enterprise %} -In an {% data variables.enterprise.prodname_emu_enterprise %}, all members are provisioned and managed by your identity provider. You must enable SSO and SCIM provisioning before you can start using your enterprise. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/identity-and-access-management/understanding-iam-for-enterprises/getting-started-with-enterprise-managed-users)." +In an {% data variables.enterprise.prodname_emu_enterprise %}, all members are provisioned and managed by your identity provider. You must enable SSO and SCIM provisioning before you can start using your enterprise. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/identity-and-access-management/understanding-iam-for-enterprises/getting-started-with-enterprise-managed-users). #### 2. Managing organization and team membership in your {% data variables.enterprise.prodname_emu_enterprise %} with your identity provider -To manage organization and team membership within your enterprise from your IdP, you can connect teams in your organizations to security groups in your identity provider. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/identity-and-access-management/provisioning-user-accounts-for-enterprise-managed-users/managing-team-memberships-with-identity-provider-groups)." +To manage organization and team membership within your enterprise from your IdP, you can connect teams in your organizations to security groups in your identity provider. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/identity-and-access-management/provisioning-user-accounts-for-enterprise-managed-users/managing-team-memberships-with-identity-provider-groups). #### 3. Managing allowed IP addresses for organizations in your {% data variables.enterprise.prodname_emu_enterprise %} -You can configure an allow list for specific IP addresses to restrict access to assets owned by organizations in your {% data variables.enterprise.prodname_emu_enterprise %}. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/policies/enforcing-policies-for-your-enterprise/enforcing-policies-for-security-settings-in-your-enterprise#managing-allowed-ip-addresses-for-organizations-in-your-enterprise)." +You can configure an allow list for specific IP addresses to restrict access to assets owned by organizations in your {% data variables.enterprise.prodname_emu_enterprise %}. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/policies/enforcing-policies-for-your-enterprise/enforcing-policies-for-security-settings-in-your-enterprise#managing-allowed-ip-addresses-for-organizations-in-your-enterprise). #### 4. Enforcing policies for Advanced Security features in your {% data variables.enterprise.prodname_emu_enterprise %} @@ -100,15 +100,15 @@ To manage security for your enterprise, you can require two-factor authenticatio Enterprise owners can require that organization members, billing managers, and outside collaborators in all organizations owned by an enterprise account use two-factor authentication to secure their personal accounts. Before doing so, we recommend notifying all who have access to organizations in your enterprise. You can also configure an allow list for specific IP addresses to restrict access to assets owned by organizations in your enterprise account. -For more information about enforcing two-factor authentication and allowed IP address lists, see "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/policies/enforcing-policies-for-your-enterprise/enforcing-policies-for-security-settings-in-your-enterprise)." +For more information about enforcing two-factor authentication and allowed IP address lists, see [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/policies/enforcing-policies-for-your-enterprise/enforcing-policies-for-security-settings-in-your-enterprise). #### 2. Enabling and enforcing SAML single sign-on for organizations in your enterprise account -You can centrally manage access to your enterprise's resources from your IdP using SAML single sign-on (SSO). Enterprise owners can enable SAML SSO across all organizations owned by an enterprise account. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/identity-and-access-management/understanding-iam-for-enterprises/about-saml-for-enterprise-iam)." +You can centrally manage access to your enterprise's resources from your IdP using SAML single sign-on (SSO). Enterprise owners can enable SAML SSO across all organizations owned by an enterprise account. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/identity-and-access-management/understanding-iam-for-enterprises/about-saml-for-enterprise-iam). #### 3. Managing team synchronization -You can enable and manage team synchronization between an identity provider (IdP) and {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} to allow organizations owned by your enterprise account to manage team membership with IdP groups. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/identity-and-access-management/using-saml-for-enterprise-iam/managing-team-synchronization-for-organizations-in-your-enterprise)." +You can enable and manage team synchronization between an identity provider (IdP) and {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} to allow organizations owned by your enterprise account to manage team membership with IdP groups. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/identity-and-access-management/using-saml-for-enterprise-iam/managing-team-synchronization-for-organizations-in-your-enterprise). #### 4. Enforcing policies for Advanced Security features in your enterprise account @@ -120,13 +120,13 @@ To manage and moderate your enterprise, you can set policies for organizations w ### 1. Managing policies for organizations in your enterprise account -You can choose to enforce a number of policies for all organizations owned by your enterprise, or choose to allow these policies to be set in each organization. Types of policies you can enforce include repository management, projects, and team policies. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/policies)." +You can choose to enforce a number of policies for all organizations owned by your enterprise, or choose to allow these policies to be set in each organization. Types of policies you can enforce include repository management, projects, and team policies. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/policies). ### 2. Viewing audit logs, configuring webhooks, and restricting email notifications for your enterprise -You can view actions from all of the organizations owned by your enterprise account in the enterprise audit log. You can also configure webhooks to receive events from organizations owned by your enterprise account. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/monitoring-activity-in-your-enterprise/reviewing-audit-logs-for-your-enterprise)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/monitoring-activity-in-your-enterprise)." +You can view actions from all of the organizations owned by your enterprise account in the enterprise audit log. You can also configure webhooks to receive events from organizations owned by your enterprise account. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/monitoring-activity-in-your-enterprise/reviewing-audit-logs-for-your-enterprise) and [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/monitoring-activity-in-your-enterprise). -You can also restrict email notifications for your enterprise account so that enterprise members can only use an email address in a verified or approved domain to receive notifications. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/policies/enforcing-policies-for-your-enterprise/restricting-email-notifications-for-your-enterprise)." +You can also restrict email notifications for your enterprise account so that enterprise members can only use an email address in a verified or approved domain to receive notifications. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/policies/enforcing-policies-for-your-enterprise/restricting-email-notifications-for-your-enterprise). ## Part 5: Customizing and automating your enterprise's work on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ Members of your organization or enterprise can use tools from the {% data variab ### 5. Using {% data variables.product.prodname_pages %} -{% data variables.product.prodname_pages %} is a static site hosting service that takes HTML, CSS, and JavaScript files straight from a repository and publishes a website. You can manage the publication of {% data variables.product.prodname_pages %} sites at the organization level. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/organizations/managing-organization-settings/managing-the-publication-of-github-pages-sites-for-your-organization)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/pages/getting-started-with-github-pages/about-github-pages)." +{% data variables.product.prodname_pages %} is a static site hosting service that takes HTML, CSS, and JavaScript files straight from a repository and publishes a website. You can manage the publication of {% data variables.product.prodname_pages %} sites at the organization level. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/organizations/managing-organization-settings/managing-the-publication-of-github-pages-sites-for-your-organization) and [AUTOTITLE](/pages/getting-started-with-github-pages/about-github-pages). ## Part 6: Participating in {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}'s community @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ You and your enterprise members can use GitHub's learning and support resources Enterprise members can learn new skills by completing fun, realistic projects in your very own GitHub repository with [{% data variables.product.prodname_learning %}](https://skills.github.com/). Each course is a hands-on lesson created by the GitHub community and taught by a friendly bot. -For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/git-and-github-learning-resources)." +For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/git-and-github-learning-resources). ### 3. Supporting the open source community @@ -176,8 +176,8 @@ For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/git-and-g {% data reusables.getting-started.contact-support %} -{% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %} allows you to submit priority support requests with a target eight-hour response time. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/support/learning-about-github-support/about-github-support)." +{% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %} allows you to submit priority support requests with a target eight-hour response time. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/support/learning-about-github-support/about-github-support). ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/overview/feature-overview-for-github-enterprise-cloud)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/overview/feature-overview-for-github-enterprise-cloud) diff --git a/content/get-started/onboarding/getting-started-with-github-enterprise-server.md b/content/get-started/onboarding/getting-started-with-github-enterprise-server.md index 95e5832a1422..8acc8744c051 100644 --- a/content/get-started/onboarding/getting-started-with-github-enterprise-server.md +++ b/content/get-started/onboarding/getting-started-with-github-enterprise-server.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ This guide will walk you through setting up, configuring and managing {% data va {% data variables.product.company_short %} hosts {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %}. You can deploy and host {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_server %} in your own datacenter or a supported cloud provider. -For more information about {% data variables.product.product_name %}, see "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/overview/about-github-enterprise-server)." +For more information about {% data variables.product.product_name %}, see [AUTOTITLE](/admin/overview/about-github-enterprise-server). ## Part 1: Installing {% data variables.product.product_name %} @@ -22,37 +22,37 @@ To get started with {% data variables.product.product_name %}, you will need to ### 1. Creating your enterprise account -Before you install {% data variables.product.product_name %}, you can create an enterprise account on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %} by contacting [{% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}'s Sales team](https://enterprise.github.com/contact). An enterprise account on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %} is useful for billing and for shared features with {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %} via {% data variables.product.prodname_github_connect %}. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/managing-your-enterprise-account/about-enterprise-accounts)." +Before you install {% data variables.product.product_name %}, you can create an enterprise account on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %} by contacting [{% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}'s Sales team](https://enterprise.github.com/contact). An enterprise account on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %} is useful for billing and for shared features with {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %} via {% data variables.product.prodname_github_connect %}. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/admin/managing-your-enterprise-account/about-enterprise-accounts). ### 2. Installing {% data variables.product.product_name %} -To get started with {% data variables.product.product_name %}, you will need to install the appliance on a virtualization platform of your choice. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/installation/setting-up-a-github-enterprise-server-instance)." +To get started with {% data variables.product.product_name %}, you will need to install the appliance on a virtualization platform of your choice. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/admin/installation/setting-up-a-github-enterprise-server-instance). ### 3. Using the {% data variables.enterprise.management_console %} -You will use the {% data variables.enterprise.management_console %} to walk through the initial setup process when first launching {% data variables.location.product_location %}. You can also use the {% data variables.enterprise.management_console %} to manage instance settings such as the license, domain, authentication, and TLS. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/administering-your-instance/administering-your-instance-from-the-web-ui)." +You will use the {% data variables.enterprise.management_console %} to walk through the initial setup process when first launching {% data variables.location.product_location %}. You can also use the {% data variables.enterprise.management_console %} to manage instance settings such as the license, domain, authentication, and TLS. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/admin/administering-your-instance/administering-your-instance-from-the-web-ui). ### 4. Configuring {% data variables.location.product_location %} -In addition to the {% data variables.enterprise.management_console %}, you can use the site admin dashboard and the administrative shell (SSH) to manage {% data variables.location.product_location %}. For example, you can configure applications and rate limits, view reports, use command-line utilities. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/configuration)." +In addition to the {% data variables.enterprise.management_console %}, you can use the site admin dashboard and the administrative shell (SSH) to manage {% data variables.location.product_location %}. For example, you can configure applications and rate limits, view reports, use command-line utilities. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/admin/configuration). -You can use the default network settings used by {% data variables.product.product_name %} via the dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP), or you can also configure the network settings using the virtual machine console. You can also configure a proxy server or firewall rules. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/configuration/configuring-network-settings)." +You can use the default network settings used by {% data variables.product.product_name %} via the dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP), or you can also configure the network settings using the virtual machine console. You can also configure a proxy server or firewall rules. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/admin/configuration/configuring-network-settings). ### 5. Configuring high availability -You can configure {% data variables.location.product_location %} for high availability to minimize the impact of hardware failures and network outages. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/monitoring-and-managing-your-instance/configuring-high-availability)." +You can configure {% data variables.location.product_location %} for high availability to minimize the impact of hardware failures and network outages. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/admin/monitoring-and-managing-your-instance/configuring-high-availability). ### 6. Setting up a staging instance -You can set up a staging instance to test modifications, plan for disaster recovery, and try out updates before applying them to {% data variables.location.product_location %}. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/installation/setting-up-a-github-enterprise-server-instance/setting-up-a-staging-instance)." +You can set up a staging instance to test modifications, plan for disaster recovery, and try out updates before applying them to {% data variables.location.product_location %}. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/admin/installation/setting-up-a-github-enterprise-server-instance/setting-up-a-staging-instance). ### 7. Designating backups and disaster recovery -To protect your production data, you can configure automated backups of {% data variables.location.product_location %} with {% data variables.product.prodname_enterprise_backup_utilities %}. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/backing-up-and-restoring-your-instance/configuring-backups-on-your-instance)." +To protect your production data, you can configure automated backups of {% data variables.location.product_location %} with {% data variables.product.prodname_enterprise_backup_utilities %}. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/admin/backing-up-and-restoring-your-instance/configuring-backups-on-your-instance). ### 8. Managing billing for your enterprise -Billing for all the organizations and {% data variables.product.product_name %} instances connected to your enterprise account is aggregated into a single bill charge for all of your paid {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %} services. Enterprise owners and billing managers can access and manage billing settings for enterprise accounts. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/billing/managing-your-github-billing-settings/about-billing-for-your-enterprise)." +Billing for all the organizations and {% data variables.product.product_name %} instances connected to your enterprise account is aggregated into a single bill charge for all of your paid {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %} services. Enterprise owners and billing managers can access and manage billing settings for enterprise accounts. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/billing/managing-your-github-billing-settings/about-billing-for-your-enterprise). ## Part 2: Organizing and managing your team @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ As an enterprise owner or administrator, you can manage settings on user, reposi ### 7. Creating a README for the enterprise -{% data reusables.enterprise.about-readmes %} For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/managing-your-enterprise-account/creating-a-readme-for-an-enterprise)." +{% data reusables.enterprise.about-readmes %} For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/admin/managing-your-enterprise-account/creating-a-readme-for-an-enterprise). {% endif %} @@ -96,13 +96,13 @@ To increase the security of {% data variables.location.product_location %}, you ### 1. Authenticating enterprise members -You can use {% data variables.product.product_name %}'s built-in authentication method, or you can choose between an external authentication provider, such as CAS, LDAP, or SAML, to integrate your existing accounts and centrally manage user access to {% data variables.location.product_location %}. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/identity-and-access-management/understanding-iam-for-enterprises/about-identity-and-access-management)." +You can use {% data variables.product.product_name %}'s built-in authentication method, or you can choose between an external authentication provider, such as CAS, LDAP, or SAML, to integrate your existing accounts and centrally manage user access to {% data variables.location.product_location %}. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/admin/identity-and-access-management/understanding-iam-for-enterprises/about-identity-and-access-management). -You can also require two-factor authentication for each of your organizations. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/managing-accounts-and-repositories/managing-organizations-in-your-enterprise/requiring-two-factor-authentication-for-an-organization)." +You can also require two-factor authentication for each of your organizations. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/admin/managing-accounts-and-repositories/managing-organizations-in-your-enterprise/requiring-two-factor-authentication-for-an-organization). ### 2. Staying in compliance -You can implement required status checks and commit verifications to enforce your organization's compliance standards and automate compliance workflows. You can also use the audit log for your organization to review actions performed by your team. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/policies/enforcing-policy-with-pre-receive-hooks)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/monitoring-activity-in-your-enterprise/reviewing-audit-logs-for-your-enterprise/about-the-audit-log-for-your-enterprise)." +You can implement required status checks and commit verifications to enforce your organization's compliance standards and automate compliance workflows. You can also use the audit log for your organization to review actions performed by your team. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/admin/policies/enforcing-policy-with-pre-receive-hooks) and [AUTOTITLE](/admin/monitoring-activity-in-your-enterprise/reviewing-audit-logs-for-your-enterprise/about-the-audit-log-for-your-enterprise). {% ifversion ghes %} @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ You can implement required status checks and commit verifications to enforce you ### 4. Enabling {% data variables.product.prodname_GH_advanced_security %} features -You can upgrade your {% data variables.product.product_name %} license to include {% data variables.product.prodname_GH_advanced_security %}. This provides extra features that help users find and fix security problems in their code, such as code and secret scanning. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/code-security/managing-github-advanced-security-for-your-enterprise/enabling-github-advanced-security-for-your-enterprise)." +You can upgrade your {% data variables.product.product_name %} license to include {% data variables.product.prodname_GH_advanced_security %}. This provides extra features that help users find and fix security problems in their code, such as code and secret scanning. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/admin/code-security/managing-github-advanced-security-for-your-enterprise/enabling-github-advanced-security-for-your-enterprise). {% endif %} ## Part 4: Customizing and automating your enterprise's work on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ You can customize and automate work in organizations in your enterprise with {% ### 1. Building {% data variables.product.prodname_github_apps %} and {% data variables.product.prodname_oauth_apps %} -You can build integrations with the {% ifversion fpt or ghec %}{% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}{% else %}{% data variables.product.product_name %}{% endif %} API, such as {% data variables.product.prodname_github_apps %} or {% data variables.product.prodname_oauth_apps %}, for use in organizations in your enterprise to complement and extend your workflows. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/apps/creating-github-apps/about-creating-github-apps/about-creating-github-apps)." +You can build integrations with the {% ifversion fpt or ghec %}{% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}{% else %}{% data variables.product.product_name %}{% endif %} API, such as {% data variables.product.prodname_github_apps %} or {% data variables.product.prodname_oauth_apps %}, for use in organizations in your enterprise to complement and extend your workflows. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/apps/creating-github-apps/about-creating-github-apps/about-creating-github-apps). ### 2. Using the {% ifversion fpt or ghec %}{% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}{% else %}{% data variables.product.product_name %}{% endif %} API @@ -136,13 +136,13 @@ You can build integrations with the {% ifversion fpt or ghec %}{% data variables {% data reusables.getting-started.actions %} -For more information on enabling and configuring {% data variables.product.prodname_actions %} on {% data variables.product.product_name %}, see "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/github-actions/getting-started-with-github-actions-for-your-enterprise/getting-started-with-github-actions-for-github-enterprise-server)." +For more information on enabling and configuring {% data variables.product.prodname_actions %} on {% data variables.product.product_name %}, see [AUTOTITLE](/admin/github-actions/getting-started-with-github-actions-for-your-enterprise/getting-started-with-github-actions-for-github-enterprise-server). ### 4. Publishing and managing {% data variables.product.prodname_registry %} {% data reusables.getting-started.packages %} -For more information on enabling and configuring {% data variables.product.prodname_registry %} for {% data variables.location.product_location %}, see "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/packages/getting-started-with-github-packages-for-your-enterprise)." +For more information on enabling and configuring {% data variables.product.prodname_registry %} for {% data variables.location.product_location %}, see [AUTOTITLE](/admin/packages/getting-started-with-github-packages-for-your-enterprise). {% endif %} ### 5. Using {% data variables.product.prodname_pages %} @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ For more information on enabling and configuring {% data variables.product.prodn You can use {% data variables.product.prodname_github_connect %} to share resources. -If you are the owner of both a {% data variables.product.product_name %} instance and a {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %} organization or enterprise account, you can enable {% data variables.product.prodname_github_connect %}. {% data variables.product.prodname_github_connect %} allows you to share specific workflows and features between {% data variables.location.product_location %} and {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %}, such as unified search and contributions. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/configuration/configuring-github-connect/managing-github-connect)." +If you are the owner of both a {% data variables.product.product_name %} instance and a {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %} organization or enterprise account, you can enable {% data variables.product.prodname_github_connect %}. {% data variables.product.prodname_github_connect %} allows you to share specific workflows and features between {% data variables.location.product_location %} and {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %}, such as unified search and contributions. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/admin/configuration/configuring-github-connect/managing-github-connect). ## Part 6: Using {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}'s learning and support resources @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ Your enterprise members can learn more about Git and {% data variables.product.p ### 1. Reading about {% data variables.product.product_name %} on {% data variables.product.prodname_docs %} -You can read documentation that reflects the features available with {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_server %}. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github-docs/about-versions-of-github-docs)." +You can read documentation that reflects the features available with {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_server %}. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github-docs/about-versions-of-github-docs). {% data reusables.enterprise.best-practices %} diff --git a/content/get-started/onboarding/getting-started-with-github-team.md b/content/get-started/onboarding/getting-started-with-github-team.md index 95ecb8633f91..ef3296356164 100644 --- a/content/get-started/onboarding/getting-started-with-github-team.md +++ b/content/get-started/onboarding/getting-started-with-github-team.md @@ -13,21 +13,21 @@ As the first steps in starting with {% data variables.product.prodname_team %}, ### 1. About organizations -Organizations are shared accounts where businesses and open-source projects can collaborate across many projects at once. Owners and administrators can manage member access to the organization's data and projects with sophisticated security and administrative features. For more information on the features of organizations, see "[AUTOTITLE](/organizations/collaborating-with-groups-in-organizations/about-organizations#terms-of-service-and-data-protection-for-organizations)." +Organizations are shared accounts where businesses and open-source projects can collaborate across many projects at once. Owners and administrators can manage member access to the organization's data and projects with sophisticated security and administrative features. For more information on the features of organizations, see [AUTOTITLE](/organizations/collaborating-with-groups-in-organizations/about-organizations#terms-of-service-and-data-protection-for-organizations). ### 2. Creating an organization and signing up for {% data variables.product.prodname_team %} -Before creating an organization, you will need to create a personal account or log in to your existing account on {% data variables.location.product_location %}. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/creating-an-account-on-github)." +Before creating an organization, you will need to create a personal account or log in to your existing account on {% data variables.location.product_location %}. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/creating-an-account-on-github). -Once your personal account is set up, you can create an organization and pick a plan. This is where you can choose a {% data variables.product.prodname_team %} subscription for your organization. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/organizations/collaborating-with-groups-in-organizations/creating-a-new-organization-from-scratch)." +Once your personal account is set up, you can create an organization and pick a plan. This is where you can choose a {% data variables.product.prodname_team %} subscription for your organization. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/organizations/collaborating-with-groups-in-organizations/creating-a-new-organization-from-scratch). ### 3. Managing billing for an organization -You must manage billing settings, payment method, and paid features and products for each of your personal accounts and organizations separately. You can switch between settings for your different accounts using the context switcher in your settings. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/billing/managing-your-github-billing-settings/about-billing-on-github#switching-between-settings-for-your-different-accounts)." +You must manage billing settings, payment method, and paid features and products for each of your personal accounts and organizations separately. You can switch between settings for your different accounts using the context switcher in your settings. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/billing/managing-your-github-billing-settings/about-billing-on-github#switching-between-settings-for-your-different-accounts). -Your organization's billing settings page allows you to manage settings like your payment method, billing cycle and billing email, or view information such as your subscription, billing date and payment history. You can also view and upgrade your storage and GitHub Actions minutes. For more information on managing your billing settings, see "[AUTOTITLE](/billing/managing-your-github-billing-settings)." +Your organization's billing settings page allows you to manage settings like your payment method, billing cycle and billing email, or view information such as your subscription, billing date and payment history. You can also view and upgrade your storage and GitHub Actions minutes. For more information on managing your billing settings, see [AUTOTITLE](/billing/managing-your-github-billing-settings). -Only organization members with the _owner_ or _billing manager_ role can access or change billing settings for your organization. A billing manager is someone who manages the billing settings for your organization and does not use a paid license in your organization's subscription. For more information on adding a billing manager to your organization, see "[AUTOTITLE](/organizations/managing-peoples-access-to-your-organization-with-roles/adding-a-billing-manager-to-your-organization)." +Only organization members with the _owner_ or _billing manager_ role can access or change billing settings for your organization. A billing manager is someone who manages the billing settings for your organization and does not use a paid license in your organization's subscription. For more information on adding a billing manager to your organization, see [AUTOTITLE](/organizations/managing-peoples-access-to-your-organization-with-roles/adding-a-billing-manager-to-your-organization). ## Part 2: Adding members and setting up teams @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ You can help to make your organization more secure by recommending or requiring ### 3. Reading about {% data variables.product.prodname_team %} on {% data variables.product.prodname_docs %} -You can read documentation that reflects the features available with {% data variables.product.prodname_team %}. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github-docs/about-versions-of-github-docs)." +You can read documentation that reflects the features available with {% data variables.product.prodname_team %}. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github-docs/about-versions-of-github-docs). ### 4. Learning with {% data variables.product.prodname_learning %} @@ -133,4 +133,4 @@ You can read documentation that reflects the features available with {% data var ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/onboarding/getting-started-with-your-github-account)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/onboarding/getting-started-with-your-github-account) diff --git a/content/get-started/onboarding/getting-started-with-your-github-account.md b/content/get-started/onboarding/getting-started-with-your-github-account.md index d6c06cec5ba7..d4f58f00c467 100644 --- a/content/get-started/onboarding/getting-started-with-your-github-account.md +++ b/content/get-started/onboarding/getting-started-with-your-github-account.md @@ -25,17 +25,17 @@ The first steps in starting with {% data variables.product.product_name %} are t To sign up for an account, navigate to https://github.com/ and follow the prompts. -To keep your {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} account secure you should use a strong and unique password. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/authentication/keeping-your-account-and-data-secure/creating-a-strong-password)." +To keep your {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} account secure you should use a strong and unique password. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/authentication/keeping-your-account-and-data-secure/creating-a-strong-password). ### 2. Choosing your {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} product You can choose {% data variables.product.prodname_free_user %} or {% data variables.product.prodname_pro %} to get access to different features for your personal account. You can upgrade at any time if you are unsure at first which product you want. -For more information on all of {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}'s plans, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/githubs-plans)." +For more information on all of {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}'s plans, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/githubs-plans). ### 3. Verifying your email address -To ensure you can use all the features in your {% data variables.product.product_name %} plan, verify your email address after signing up for a new account. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-email-preferences/verifying-your-email-address)." +To ensure you can use all the features in your {% data variables.product.product_name %} plan, verify your email address after signing up for a new account. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-email-preferences/verifying-your-email-address). {% endif %} {% ifversion ghes %} @@ -50,13 +50,13 @@ The administrator of your {% data variables.product.product_name %} instance wil ### {% ifversion fpt or ghec %}4.{% else %}2.{% endif %} Configuring two-factor authentication -Two-factor authentication, or 2FA, is an extra layer of security used when logging into websites or apps. We strongly urge you to configure 2FA for the safety of your account. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/authentication/securing-your-account-with-two-factor-authentication-2fa/about-two-factor-authentication)." +Two-factor authentication, or 2FA, is an extra layer of security used when logging into websites or apps. We strongly urge you to configure 2FA for the safety of your account. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/authentication/securing-your-account-with-two-factor-authentication-2fa/about-two-factor-authentication). -{% ifversion passkeys %}Optionally, after you have configured 2FA, add a passkey to your account to enable a secure, passwordless login. See "[AUTOTITLE](/authentication/authenticating-with-a-passkey/managing-your-passkeys)."{% endif %} +{% ifversion passkeys %}Optionally, after you have configured 2FA, add a passkey to your account to enable a secure, passwordless login. See [AUTOTITLE](/authentication/authenticating-with-a-passkey/managing-your-passkeys).{% endif %} ### {% ifversion fpt or ghec %}5.{% elsif ghes %}3.{% else %}2.{% endif %} Viewing your {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} profile and contribution graph -Your {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} profile tells people the story of your work through the repositories and gists you've pinned, the organization memberships you've chosen to publicize, the contributions you've made, and the projects you've created. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-github-profile/customizing-your-profile/about-your-profile)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-github-profile/managing-contribution-settings-on-your-profile/viewing-contributions-on-your-profile)." +Your {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} profile tells people the story of your work through the repositories and gists you've pinned, the organization memberships you've chosen to publicize, the contributions you've made, and the projects you've created. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-github-profile/customizing-your-profile/about-your-profile) and [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-github-profile/managing-contribution-settings-on-your-profile/viewing-contributions-on-your-profile). ## Part 2: Using {% data variables.product.product_name %}'s tools and processes @@ -64,37 +64,37 @@ To best use {% data variables.product.product_name %}, you'll need to set up Git ### 1. Learning Git -{% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}'s collaborative approach to development depends on publishing commits from your local repository to {% data variables.product.product_name %} for other people to view, fetch, and update using Git. For more information about Git, see the "[Git Handbook](https://guides.github.com/introduction/git-handbook/)" guide. For more information about how Git is used on {% data variables.product.product_name %}, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/github-flow)." +{% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}'s collaborative approach to development depends on publishing commits from your local repository to {% data variables.product.product_name %} for other people to view, fetch, and update using Git. For more information about Git, see the [Git Handbook](https://guides.github.com/introduction/git-handbook/) guide. For more information about how Git is used on {% data variables.product.product_name %}, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/github-flow). ### 2. Setting up Git -If you plan to use Git locally on your computer, whether through the command line, an IDE or text editor, you will need to install and set up Git. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/set-up-git)." +If you plan to use Git locally on your computer, whether through the command line, an IDE or text editor, you will need to install and set up Git. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/set-up-git). -If you prefer to use a visual interface, you can download and use {% data variables.product.prodname_desktop %}. {% data variables.product.prodname_desktop %} comes packaged with Git, so there is no need to install Git separately. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/desktop/overview/getting-started-with-github-desktop)." +If you prefer to use a visual interface, you can download and use {% data variables.product.prodname_desktop %}. {% data variables.product.prodname_desktop %} comes packaged with Git, so there is no need to install Git separately. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/desktop/overview/getting-started-with-github-desktop). -Once you install Git, you can connect to {% data variables.product.product_name %} repositories from your local computer, whether your own repository or another user's fork. When you connect to a repository on {% data variables.location.product_location %} from Git, you'll need to authenticate with {% data variables.product.product_name %} using either HTTPS or SSH. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/about-remote-repositories)." +Once you install Git, you can connect to {% data variables.product.product_name %} repositories from your local computer, whether your own repository or another user's fork. When you connect to a repository on {% data variables.location.product_location %} from Git, you'll need to authenticate with {% data variables.product.product_name %} using either HTTPS or SSH. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/about-remote-repositories). ### 3. Choosing how to interact with {% data variables.product.product_name %} Everyone has their own unique workflow for interacting with {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}; the interfaces and methods you use depend on your preference and what works best for your needs. -For more information about the different approaches for interacting with {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}, and a comparison of the tools you can use, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/connecting-to-github)." +For more information about the different approaches for interacting with {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}, and a comparison of the tools you can use, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/connecting-to-github). ### 4. Writing on {% data variables.product.product_name %} -To make your communication clear and organized in issues and pull requests, you can use {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} Flavored Markdown for formatting, which combines an easy-to-read, easy-to-write syntax with some custom functionality. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/about-writing-and-formatting-on-github)." +To make your communication clear and organized in issues and pull requests, you can use {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} Flavored Markdown for formatting, which combines an easy-to-read, easy-to-write syntax with some custom functionality. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/about-writing-and-formatting-on-github). -You can learn {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} Flavored Markdown with the "[Communicate using Markdown](https://github.com/skills/communicate-using-markdown)" course on {% data variables.product.prodname_learning %}. +You can learn {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} Flavored Markdown with the [Communicate using Markdown](https://github.com/skills/communicate-using-markdown) course on {% data variables.product.prodname_learning %}. ### 5. Searching on {% data variables.product.product_name %} -Our integrated search allows you to find what you are looking for among the many repositories, users and lines of code on {% data variables.product.product_name %}. You can search globally across all of {% data variables.product.product_name %} or limit your search to a particular repository or organization. For more information about the types of searches you can do on {% data variables.product.product_name %}, see "[AUTOTITLE](/search-github/getting-started-with-searching-on-github/about-searching-on-github)." +Our integrated search allows you to find what you are looking for among the many repositories, users and lines of code on {% data variables.product.product_name %}. You can search globally across all of {% data variables.product.product_name %} or limit your search to a particular repository or organization. For more information about the types of searches you can do on {% data variables.product.product_name %}, see [AUTOTITLE](/search-github/getting-started-with-searching-on-github/about-searching-on-github). -Our search syntax allows you to construct queries using qualifiers to specify what you want to search for. For more information on the search syntax to use in search, see "[AUTOTITLE](/search-github/searching-on-github)." +Our search syntax allows you to construct queries using qualifiers to specify what you want to search for. For more information on the search syntax to use in search, see [AUTOTITLE](/search-github/searching-on-github). ### 6. Managing files on {% data variables.product.product_name %} -With {% data variables.product.product_name %}, you can create, edit, move and delete files in your repository or any repository you have write access to. You can also track the history of changes in a file line by line. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/managing-files)." +With {% data variables.product.product_name %}, you can create, edit, move and delete files in your repository or any repository you have write access to. You can also track the history of changes in a file line by line. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/managing-files). ## Part 3: Collaborating on {% data variables.product.product_name %} @@ -104,60 +104,60 @@ Any number of people can work together in repositories across {% data variables. #### Creating a repository -A repository is like a folder for your project. You can have any number of public and private repositories in your personal account. Repositories can contain folders and files, images, videos, spreadsheets, and data sets, as well as the revision history for all files in the repository. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/creating-and-managing-repositories/about-repositories)." +A repository is like a folder for your project. You can have any number of public and private repositories in your personal account. Repositories can contain folders and files, images, videos, spreadsheets, and data sets, as well as the revision history for all files in the repository. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/creating-and-managing-repositories/about-repositories). -When you create a new repository, you should initialize the repository with a README file to let people know about your project. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/creating-and-managing-repositories/creating-a-new-repository)." +When you create a new repository, you should initialize the repository with a README file to let people know about your project. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/creating-and-managing-repositories/creating-a-new-repository). #### Cloning a repository -You can clone an existing repository from {% data variables.product.product_name %} to your local computer, making it easier to add or remove files, fix merge conflicts, or make complex commits. Cloning a repository pulls down a full copy of all the repository data that {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} has at that point in time, including all versions of every file and folder for the project. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/creating-and-managing-repositories/cloning-a-repository)." +You can clone an existing repository from {% data variables.product.product_name %} to your local computer, making it easier to add or remove files, fix merge conflicts, or make complex commits. Cloning a repository pulls down a full copy of all the repository data that {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} has at that point in time, including all versions of every file and folder for the project. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/creating-and-managing-repositories/cloning-a-repository). #### Forking a repository -A fork is a copy of a repository that you manage, where any changes you make will not affect the original repository unless you submit a pull request to the project owner. Most commonly, forks are used to either propose changes to someone else's project or to use someone else's project as a starting point for your own idea. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/working-with-forks)." +A fork is a copy of a repository that you manage, where any changes you make will not affect the original repository unless you submit a pull request to the project owner. Most commonly, forks are used to either propose changes to someone else's project or to use someone else's project as a starting point for your own idea. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/working-with-forks). ### 2. Importing your projects -If you have existing projects you'd like to move over to {% data variables.product.product_name %} you can import projects using the {% data variables.product.prodname_importer %}, the command line, or external migration tools. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/migrations/importing-source-code)." +If you have existing projects you'd like to move over to {% data variables.product.product_name %} you can import projects using the {% data variables.product.prodname_importer %}, the command line, or external migration tools. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/migrations/importing-source-code). ### 3. Managing collaborators and permissions -You can collaborate on your project with others using your repository's issues, pull requests, and {% data variables.projects.projects_v2 %}. You can invite other people to your repository as collaborators from the **Collaborators** tab in the repository settings. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-access-to-your-personal-repositories/inviting-collaborators-to-a-personal-repository)." +You can collaborate on your project with others using your repository's issues, pull requests, and {% data variables.projects.projects_v2 %}. You can invite other people to your repository as collaborators from the **Collaborators** tab in the repository settings. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-access-to-your-personal-repositories/inviting-collaborators-to-a-personal-repository). -You are the owner of any repository you create in your personal account and have full control of the repository. Collaborators have write access to your repository, limiting what they have permission to do. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-user-account-settings/permission-levels-for-a-personal-account-repository)." +You are the owner of any repository you create in your personal account and have full control of the repository. Collaborators have write access to your repository, limiting what they have permission to do. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-user-account-settings/permission-levels-for-a-personal-account-repository). ### 4. Managing repository settings -As the owner of a repository you can configure several settings, including the repository's visibility, topics, and social media preview. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/managing-your-repositorys-settings-and-features)." +As the owner of a repository you can configure several settings, including the repository's visibility, topics, and social media preview. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/managing-your-repositorys-settings-and-features). ### 5. Setting up your project for healthy contributions {% ifversion fpt or ghec %} -To encourage collaborators in your repository, you need a community that encourages people to use, contribute to, and evangelize your project. For more information, see "[Building Welcoming Communities](https://opensource.guide/building-community/)" in the Open Source Guides. +To encourage collaborators in your repository, you need a community that encourages people to use, contribute to, and evangelize your project. For more information, see [Building Welcoming Communities](https://opensource.guide/building-community/) in the Open Source Guides. -By adding files like contributing guidelines, a code of conduct, and a license to your repository you can create an environment where it's easier for collaborators to make meaningful, useful contributions. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/communities/setting-up-your-project-for-healthy-contributions)." +By adding files like contributing guidelines, a code of conduct, and a license to your repository you can create an environment where it's easier for collaborators to make meaningful, useful contributions. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/communities/setting-up-your-project-for-healthy-contributions). {% endif %} {% ifversion ghes %} -By adding files like contributing guidelines, a code of conduct, and support resources to your repository you can create an environment where it's easier for collaborators to make meaningful, useful contributions. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/communities/setting-up-your-project-for-healthy-contributions)." +By adding files like contributing guidelines, a code of conduct, and support resources to your repository you can create an environment where it's easier for collaborators to make meaningful, useful contributions. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/communities/setting-up-your-project-for-healthy-contributions). {% endif %} ### 6. Using {% data variables.product.prodname_github_issues %} and {% data variables.product.prodname_projects_v2 %} -You can use {% data variables.product.prodname_github_issues %} to organize your work with issues and pull requests and manage your workflow with {% data variables.product.prodname_projects_v2 %}. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/about-issues)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/planning-and-tracking-with-projects/learning-about-projects/about-projects)." +You can use {% data variables.product.prodname_github_issues %} to organize your work with issues and pull requests and manage your workflow with {% data variables.product.prodname_projects_v2 %}. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/about-issues) and [AUTOTITLE](/issues/planning-and-tracking-with-projects/learning-about-projects/about-projects). ### 7. Managing notifications -Notifications provide updates about the activity on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} you've subscribed to or participated in. If you're no longer interested in a conversation, you can unsubscribe, unwatch, or customize the types of notifications you'll receive in the future. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/managing-subscriptions-and-notifications-on-github/setting-up-notifications/about-notifications)." +Notifications provide updates about the activity on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} you've subscribed to or participated in. If you're no longer interested in a conversation, you can unsubscribe, unwatch, or customize the types of notifications you'll receive in the future. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/managing-subscriptions-and-notifications-on-github/setting-up-notifications/about-notifications). ### 8. Working with {% data variables.product.prodname_pages %} -You can use {% data variables.product.prodname_pages %} to create and host a website directly from a repository on {% data variables.location.product_location %}. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/pages/getting-started-with-github-pages/about-github-pages)." +You can use {% data variables.product.prodname_pages %} to create and host a website directly from a repository on {% data variables.location.product_location %}. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/pages/getting-started-with-github-pages/about-github-pages). {% ifversion discussions %} ### 9. Using {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} -You can enable {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} for your repository to help build a community around your project. Maintainers, contributors and visitors can use discussions to share announcements, ask and answer questions, and participate in conversations around goals. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions)." +You can enable {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} for your repository to help build a community around your project. Maintainers, contributors and visitors can use discussions to share announcements, ask and answer questions, and participate in conversations around goals. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions). {% endif %} ## Part 4: Customizing and automating your work on {% data variables.product.product_name %} @@ -185,13 +185,13 @@ You can enable {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} for your reposi ## Part 5: Building securely on {% data variables.product.product_name %} -{% data variables.product.product_name %} has a variety of security features that help keep code and secrets secure in repositories. Some features are available for all repositories, while others are only available for public repositories and repositories with a {% data variables.product.prodname_GH_advanced_security %} license. For an overview of {% data variables.product.product_name %} security features, see "[AUTOTITLE](/code-security/getting-started/github-security-features)." +{% data variables.product.product_name %} has a variety of security features that help keep code and secrets secure in repositories. Some features are available for all repositories, while others are only available for public repositories and repositories with a {% data variables.product.prodname_GH_advanced_security %} license. For an overview of {% data variables.product.product_name %} security features, see [AUTOTITLE](/code-security/getting-started/github-security-features). ### 1. Securing your repository As a repository administrator, you can secure your repositories by configuring repository security settings. These include managing access to your repository, setting a security policy, and managing dependencies. For public repositories, and for private repositories owned by organizations where {% data variables.product.prodname_GH_advanced_security %} is enabled, you can also configure code and secret scanning to automatically identify vulnerabilities and ensure tokens and keys are not exposed. -For more information on steps you can take to secure your repositories, see "[AUTOTITLE](/code-security/getting-started/quickstart-for-securing-your-repository)." +For more information on steps you can take to secure your repositories, see [AUTOTITLE](/code-security/getting-started/quickstart-for-securing-your-repository). {% ifversion fpt or ghec %} @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ For more information on steps you can take to secure your repositories, see "[AU A large part of building securely is maintaining your project's dependencies to ensure that all packages and applications you depend on are updated and secure. You can manage your repository's dependencies on {% data variables.product.product_name %} by exploring the dependency graph for your repository, using Dependabot to automatically raise pull requests to keep your dependencies up-to-date, and receiving Dependabot alerts and security updates for vulnerable dependencies. -For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/code-security/supply-chain-security)." +For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/code-security/supply-chain-security). {% endif %} ## Part 6: Participating in {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}'s community @@ -236,6 +236,6 @@ For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/code-security/supply-chain-security)." ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/onboarding/getting-started-with-github-team)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/onboarding/getting-started-with-github-team) {% endif %} {% endif %} diff --git a/content/get-started/start-your-journey/about-github-and-git.md b/content/get-started/start-your-journey/about-github-and-git.md index aca3e122517f..b8634f716ac9 100644 --- a/content/get-started/start-your-journey/about-github-and-git.md +++ b/content/get-started/start-your-journey/about-github-and-git.md @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Typically, to do this in a Git-based workflow, you would: * Let Git intelligently **merge** your specific changes back into the main copy of files, so that your changes don't impact other people's updates. * Let Git **keep track** of your and other people's changes, so you all stay working on the most up-to-date version of the project. -If you want to learn more about Git, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-git/about-git)." +If you want to learn more about Git, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-git/about-git). ### How do Git and {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} work together? @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Git figures out how to intelligently merge this flow of changes, and {% data var ## Where do I start? -If you're new to {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}, and unfamiliar with Git, we recommend working through the articles in the "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey)" category. The articles focus on tasks you can complete directly in your browser on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} and will help you to: +If you're new to {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}, and unfamiliar with Git, we recommend working through the articles in the [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey) category. The articles focus on tasks you can complete directly in your browser on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} and will help you to: * **Create an account** on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}. * **Learn the "{% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} Flow"**, and the key principles of collaborative working (branches, commits, pull requests, merges). @@ -71,10 +71,10 @@ If you're new to {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}, and unfamiliar wi ## Next steps -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/creating-an-account-on-github)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/creating-an-account-on-github) {% endif %} ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/connecting-to-github)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/connecting-to-github) diff --git a/content/get-started/start-your-journey/creating-an-account-on-github.md b/content/get-started/start-your-journey/creating-an-account-on-github.md index fc15af0b6835..3ed6cd42bbb9 100644 --- a/content/get-started/start-your-journey/creating-an-account-on-github.md +++ b/content/get-started/start-your-journey/creating-an-account-on-github.md @@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ To get started with {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}, you'll need to {% data reusables.accounts.your-personal-account %} -Later, you can explore the different types of accounts that {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} offers, and decide if you need a billing plan. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/types-of-github-accounts)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/githubs-plans)." +Later, you can explore the different types of accounts that {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} offers, and decide if you need a billing plan. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/types-of-github-accounts) and [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/githubs-plans). -Note that the steps in this article don't apply to {% data variables.product.prodname_emus %}. If your {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} account has been created for you by your company, you can skip this article and continue to "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/hello-world)." +Note that the steps in this article don't apply to {% data variables.product.prodname_emus %}. If your {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} account has been created for you by your company, you can skip this article and continue to [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/hello-world). ## Signing up for a new personal account @@ -38,15 +38,15 @@ During sign up, you'll be asked to verify your email address. Without a verified Some enterprises create {% data variables.enterprise.prodname_managed_users %} for their users. You can't sign up for a personal account with an email address that's already verified for a {% data variables.enterprise.prodname_managed_user %}. -If you're having problems verifying your email address, there are some troubleshooting steps you can take. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-email-preferences/verifying-your-email-address#troubleshooting-email-verification)." +If you're having problems verifying your email address, there are some troubleshooting steps you can take. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-email-preferences/verifying-your-email-address#troubleshooting-email-verification). ## Next steps -* Now that you've created your personal account, we'll start to explore the basics of {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}. In the next tutorial, "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/hello-world)," you'll learn about repositories and how to create one, and you'll be introduced to concepts such as branching, commits, and pull requests. -* We strongly recommend that you configure 2FA for your account. 2FA is an extra layer of security that can help keep your account secure. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/authentication/securing-your-account-with-two-factor-authentication-2fa/configuring-two-factor-authentication)." +* Now that you've created your personal account, we'll start to explore the basics of {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}. In the next tutorial, [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/hello-world), you'll learn about repositories and how to create one, and you'll be introduced to concepts such as branching, commits, and pull requests. +* We strongly recommend that you configure 2FA for your account. 2FA is an extra layer of security that can help keep your account secure. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/authentication/securing-your-account-with-two-factor-authentication-2fa/configuring-two-factor-authentication). ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/types-of-github-accounts)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/githubs-plans)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-email-preferences/verifying-your-email-address)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/types-of-github-accounts) +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/githubs-plans) +* [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-email-preferences/verifying-your-email-address) diff --git a/content/get-started/start-your-journey/downloading-files-from-github.md b/content/get-started/start-your-journey/downloading-files-from-github.md index 4d4c9f25d42c..72e3e61d8621 100644 --- a/content/get-started/start-your-journey/downloading-files-from-github.md +++ b/content/get-started/start-your-journey/downloading-files-from-github.md @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ This tutorial focuses on downloading a repository's files to your local computer | Term | Definition | Use case | | ------------- | ------------- | -------| | Download | To save a snapshot of a repository's files to your local computer. | You want to use or customize the content of the files, but you're not interested in applying version control. | -| Clone | To make a full copy of a repository's data, including all versions of every file and folder. | You want to work on a full copy of the repository on your local computer, using Git to track and manage your changes. You likely intend to sync these locally-made changes with the {% data variables.product.product_name %}-hosted repository. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/creating-and-managing-repositories/cloning-a-repository)." | -| Fork | To create a new repository on {% data variables.product.product_name %}, linked to your personal account, that shares code and visibility settings with the original ("upstream") repository. | You want to use the original repository's data as a basis for your own project on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}. Or, you want to use the fork to propose changes to the original ("upstream") repository. After forking the repository, you still might want to clone the repository, so that you can work on the changes on your local computer. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/working-with-forks/fork-a-repo)." | +| Clone | To make a full copy of a repository's data, including all versions of every file and folder. | You want to work on a full copy of the repository on your local computer, using Git to track and manage your changes. You likely intend to sync these locally-made changes with the {% data variables.product.product_name %}-hosted repository. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/creating-and-managing-repositories/cloning-a-repository). | +| Fork | To create a new repository on {% data variables.product.product_name %}, linked to your personal account, that shares code and visibility settings with the original ("upstream") repository. | You want to use the original repository's data as a basis for your own project on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}. Or, you want to use the fork to propose changes to the original ("upstream") repository. After forking the repository, you still might want to clone the repository, so that you can work on the changes on your local computer. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/working-with-forks/fork-a-repo). | ## Prerequisites @@ -56,8 +56,8 @@ You now have a copy of the repository's files saved as a zip file on your local ## Next steps -* In the next tutorial, "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/uploading-a-project-to-github)," you'll learn how to upload your own files to a remote repository on {% data variables.product.product_name %}. +* In the next tutorial, [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/uploading-a-project-to-github), you'll learn how to upload your own files to a remote repository on {% data variables.product.product_name %}. ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/using-files/downloading-source-code-archives)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/using-files/downloading-source-code-archives) diff --git a/content/get-started/start-your-journey/finding-inspiration-on-github.md b/content/get-started/start-your-journey/finding-inspiration-on-github.md index c3c3239d4d42..a35128c83033 100644 --- a/content/get-started/start-your-journey/finding-inspiration-on-github.md +++ b/content/get-started/start-your-journey/finding-inspiration-on-github.md @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Once you star repositories or follow people, you will see updates on their activ ## Search for a topic or project on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} 1. Navigate to https://github.com/search. -1. Type a keyword or query into the search bar. {% ifversion fpt or ghec %}For example, try "how to build a webpage", or "skills-course".{% endif %} For more detailed information on how to search {% data variables.product.product_name %} for specific topics, repositories, or code, see "[AUTOTITLE](/search-github/getting-started-with-searching-on-github/about-searching-on-github)." +1. Type a keyword or query into the search bar. {% ifversion fpt or ghec %}For example, try "how to build a webpage", or "skills-course".{% endif %} For more detailed information on how to search {% data variables.product.product_name %} for specific topics, repositories, or code, see [AUTOTITLE](/search-github/getting-started-with-searching-on-github/about-searching-on-github). 1. Use the left sidebar to filter the results. {% ifversion fpt or ghec %}For example, to browse all repositories in the "skills-course" topic, search "skills-course", then filter by "Topic".{% endif %} 1. Star the repositories that match your interests. @@ -68,9 +68,9 @@ Following people and organizations on {% data variables.product.product_name %} ## Next steps * {% data reusables.support.connect-in-the-forum-bootcamp %} -* In the next tutorial, "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/downloading-files-from-github)," you'll learn how to download files from {% data variables.product.product_name %} for your own use, and learn the differences between downloading, cloning, and forking repositories. +* In the next tutorial, [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/downloading-files-from-github), you'll learn how to download files from {% data variables.product.product_name %} for your own use, and learn the differences between downloading, cloning, and forking repositories. ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-user-account-settings/about-your-personal-dashboard)"{% ifversion fpt or ghec %} -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/finding-ways-to-contribute-to-open-source-on-github)"{% endif %} +* [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-user-account-settings/about-your-personal-dashboard){% ifversion fpt or ghec %} +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/finding-ways-to-contribute-to-open-source-on-github){% endif %} diff --git a/content/get-started/start-your-journey/git-and-github-learning-resources.md b/content/get-started/start-your-journey/git-and-github-learning-resources.md index 87fbe55efdfe..4d01c8e897d0 100644 --- a/content/get-started/start-your-journey/git-and-github-learning-resources.md +++ b/content/get-started/start-your-journey/git-and-github-learning-resources.md @@ -19,16 +19,16 @@ shortTitle: Learning resources ## Using {% data variables.product.product_name %} -Become better acquainted with {% data variables.product.product_name %} through our "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github)" articles: -* To review the fundamentals of a {% data variables.product.product_name %} workflow, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/github-flow)." -* To learn about the various tools for working with repositories hosted on {% data variables.product.product_name %}, and how to choose a tool that best suits your needs, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/connecting-to-github)." -* To understand the different communication tools on {% data variables.product.product_name %}, such as {% data variables.product.prodname_github_issues %}{% ifversion fpt or ghec %}, {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %},{% endif %} and pull requests, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/communicating-on-github)." +Become better acquainted with {% data variables.product.product_name %} through our [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github) articles: +* To review the fundamentals of a {% data variables.product.product_name %} workflow, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/github-flow). +* To learn about the various tools for working with repositories hosted on {% data variables.product.product_name %}, and how to choose a tool that best suits your needs, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/connecting-to-github). +* To understand the different communication tools on {% data variables.product.product_name %}, such as {% data variables.product.prodname_github_issues %}{% ifversion fpt or ghec %}, {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %},{% endif %} and pull requests, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/communicating-on-github). ## Using Git Familiarize yourself with Git through our series of articles: -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git)." -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-git)." +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git). +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-git). There are also lots of other online reading resources to help you learn Git: * [Official Git project site](https://git-scm.com). diff --git a/content/get-started/start-your-journey/hello-world.md b/content/get-started/start-your-journey/hello-world.md index 4bf4b6b1537c..da14964320f9 100644 --- a/content/get-started/start-your-journey/hello-world.md +++ b/content/get-started/start-your-journey/hello-world.md @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ In this quickstart guide, you will: ### Prerequisites -* You must have a {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} account. {% ifversion fpt or ghec %}For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/creating-an-account-on-github)."{% endif %} +* You must have a {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} account. {% ifversion fpt or ghec %}For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/creating-an-account-on-github).{% endif %} * You don't need to know how to code, use the command line, or install Git (the version control software that {% data variables.product.product_name %} is built on). @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ In this quickstart guide, you will: The first thing we'll do is create a repository. You can think of a repository as a folder that contains related items, such as files, images, videos, or even other folders. A repository usually groups together items that belong to the same "project" or thing you're working on. -Often, repositories include a README file, a file with information about your project. README files are written in Markdown, which is an easy-to-read, easy-to-write language for formatting plain text. We'll learn more about Markdown in the next tutorial, "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/setting-up-your-profile)." +Often, repositories include a README file, a file with information about your project. README files are written in Markdown, which is an easy-to-read, easy-to-write language for formatting plain text. We'll learn more about Markdown in the next tutorial, [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/setting-up-your-profile). {% data variables.product.product_name %} lets you add a README file at the same time you create your new repository. {% data variables.product.product_name %} also offers other common options such as a license file, but you do not have to select any of them now. @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ In this step, you'll open a pull request in your own repository and then merge i When you start collaborating with others, this is the time you'd ask for their review. This allows your collaborators to comment on, or propose changes to, your pull request before you merge the changes into the `main` branch. -We won't cover reviewing pull requests in this tutorial, but if you're interested in learning more, see "[AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/reviewing-changes-in-pull-requests/about-pull-request-reviews)." Alternatively, try the [{% data variables.product.prodname_learning %}](https://skills.github.com/) "Reviewing pull requests" course. +We won't cover reviewing pull requests in this tutorial, but if you're interested in learning more, see [AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/reviewing-changes-in-pull-requests/about-pull-request-reviews). Alternatively, try the [{% data variables.product.prodname_learning %}](https://skills.github.com/) "Reviewing pull requests" course. ## Step 5: Merge your pull request @@ -157,8 +157,8 @@ As part of that, we've learned how to: * Take a look at your {% data variables.product.product_name %} profile and you'll see your work reflected on your contribution graph. * If you want to practice the skills you've learned in this tutorial again, try the [{% data variables.product.prodname_learning %}](https://skills.github.com/) "Introduction to {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}" course. -* In the next tutorial, "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/setting-up-your-profile)," you'll learn how to personalize your profile and you'll also learn some basic Markdown syntax for writing on {% data variables.product.product_name %}. +* In the next tutorial, [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/setting-up-your-profile), you'll learn how to personalize your profile and you'll also learn some basic Markdown syntax for writing on {% data variables.product.product_name %}. ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/github-flow)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/github-flow) diff --git a/content/get-started/start-your-journey/setting-up-your-profile.md b/content/get-started/start-your-journey/setting-up-your-profile.md index 17459e170b72..309018d2f6cb 100644 --- a/content/get-started/start-your-journey/setting-up-your-profile.md +++ b/content/get-started/start-your-journey/setting-up-your-profile.md @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ You'll also learn the basics of Markdown syntax, which is what you'll use to for ### Prerequisites -* You must have a {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} account. {% ifversion fpt or ghec %}For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/creating-an-account-on-github)."{% endif %} +* You must have a {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} account. {% ifversion fpt or ghec %}For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/creating-an-account-on-github).{% endif %} ## Adding a profile picture and bio @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ Next, we'll add some basic information about yourself to share with other {% dat > [!NOTE] > Keep the bio short; we'll add a longer description of your interests in your profile README in the section below. -1. To add an emoji to your bio, visit "[Emoji cheat sheet](https://www.webfx.com/tools/emoji-cheat-sheet/)" and copy and paste an emoji into the "Bio" dialog box. +1. To add an emoji to your bio, visit [Emoji cheat sheet](https://www.webfx.com/tools/emoji-cheat-sheet/) and copy and paste an emoji into the "Bio" dialog box. 1. Optionally, add your {% ifversion profile-pronouns %}preferred pronouns,{% endif %} workplace, location and timezone{% ifversion profile-social-links %}, and any links to your personal website and social accounts{% endif %}. {% ifversion profile-pronouns %}{% data reusables.profile.pronouns-visibility %}{% endif %} 1. Click **Save**. @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ Next, we'll create a special repository and README file that will be displayed d Your profile README contains information such as your interests, skills, and background, and it can be a great way to introduce yourself to other people on {% data variables.product.product_name %} and showcase your work. -As we learned in the "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/hello-world)" tutorial, `README.md` files are written using Markdown syntax (note the `.md` file extension), which is just a way to format plain text. +As we learned in the [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/hello-world) tutorial, `README.md` files are written using Markdown syntax (note the `.md` file extension), which is just a way to format plain text. In the following steps, we'll create and edit your profile README. @@ -80,8 +80,8 @@ In the following steps, we'll create and edit your profile README. 1. Now, toggle to "Preview". You should see your completed prompts render as a bulleted list. 1. Toggle back to "Edit" and remove any other lines of text that you don't want displayed on your profile. 1. Keep customizing and editing your profile README. - * Use the "[Emoji cheat sheet](https://www.webfx.com/tools/emoji-cheat-sheet/)" to add emojis. - * Use the "[Markdown cheat sheet](https://www.markdownguide.org/cheat-sheet/)" to experiment with additional Markdown formatting. + * Use the [Emoji cheat sheet](https://www.webfx.com/tools/emoji-cheat-sheet/) to add emojis. + * Use the [Markdown cheat sheet](https://www.markdownguide.org/cheat-sheet/) to experiment with additional Markdown formatting. ### Step 3: Publish your changes to your profile @@ -91,12 +91,12 @@ In the following steps, we'll create and edit your profile README. ## Next steps -* If you want to learn more Markdown syntax and add more sophisticated formatting to your profile README, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/quickstart-for-writing-on-github)." +* If you want to learn more Markdown syntax and add more sophisticated formatting to your profile README, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/quickstart-for-writing-on-github). * Alternatively, try the [{% data variables.product.prodname_learning %}](https://skills.github.com/) "Communicate using Markdown" course. -* In the next tutorial, "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/finding-inspiration-on-github)," we'll look at ways you can explore {% data variables.product.product_name %} to find projects and people that interest you. +* In the next tutorial, [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/finding-inspiration-on-github), we'll look at ways you can explore {% data variables.product.product_name %} to find projects and people that interest you. ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-github-profile/customizing-your-profile/about-your-profile)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-github-profile/customizing-your-profile/personalizing-your-profile)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-github-profile/customizing-your-profile/about-your-profile) +* [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-github-profile/customizing-your-profile/personalizing-your-profile) +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax) diff --git a/content/get-started/start-your-journey/uploading-a-project-to-github.md b/content/get-started/start-your-journey/uploading-a-project-to-github.md index 42cc8dbe776e..4cd74e3bdbbe 100644 --- a/content/get-started/start-your-journey/uploading-a-project-to-github.md +++ b/content/get-started/start-your-journey/uploading-a-project-to-github.md @@ -23,11 +23,11 @@ Uploading your files to a {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} repositor * **Pin** the repository to your personal profile, so that others can see your work. * **Share** and discuss your work with others, either publicly or privately. -If you're already familiar with Git, and you're looking for information on how to upload a locally-stored Git repository to {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}, see "[AUTOTITLE](/migrations/importing-source-code/using-the-command-line-to-import-source-code/adding-locally-hosted-code-to-github#adding-a-local-repository-to-github-using-git)." +If you're already familiar with Git, and you're looking for information on how to upload a locally-stored Git repository to {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}, see [AUTOTITLE](/migrations/importing-source-code/using-the-command-line-to-import-source-code/adding-locally-hosted-code-to-github#adding-a-local-repository-to-github-using-git). ## Prerequisites -* You must have a {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} account. {% ifversion fpt or ghec %}For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/creating-an-account-on-github)."{% endif %} +* You must have a {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} account. {% ifversion fpt or ghec %}For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/creating-an-account-on-github).{% endif %} * You should have a group of files you'd like to upload. ## Step 1: Create a new repository for your project @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ So far, you should only see one file listed in the repository, the `README.md` f Your repository's README file is typically the first item someone will see when visiting your repository. It usually contains information on what your project is about and why your project is useful. -As we learned in the "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/hello-world)" tutorial, the README file (`README.md`) is written in Markdown syntax. {% data reusables.getting-started.what-is-markdown %} +As we learned in the [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/hello-world) tutorial, the README file (`README.md`) is written in Markdown syntax. {% data reusables.getting-started.what-is-markdown %} In this step, we'll edit your project's `README.md` using Markdown so that it includes some basic information about your project. @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ In this step, we'll edit your project's `README.md` using Markdown so that it in > [!NOTE] > If you're not sure what to write, take a look at other repositories on {% data variables.product.product_name %} to see how other people describe their projects. > - > To apply more sophisticated formatting, such as adding images, links, and footnotes, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax)." + > To apply more sophisticated formatting, such as adding images, links, and footnotes, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax). {% data reusables.files.preview_change %} 1. Take a look at how the file will render once we save our changes, then toggle back to "Edit". @@ -88,19 +88,19 @@ If you set your repository visibility to "Public," the repository will be displa As you add, edit or delete files directly in the browser on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}, {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} will track these changes ("commits"), so you can start to manage your project's history and evolution. -When making changes, remember that you can create a new branch from the `main` branch of your repository, so that you can experiment without affecting the main copy of files. Then, when you're happy with a set of a changes, open a pull request to merge the changes into your `main` branch. For a reminder of how to do this, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/hello-world)." +When making changes, remember that you can create a new branch from the `main` branch of your repository, so that you can experiment without affecting the main copy of files. Then, when you're happy with a set of a changes, open a pull request to merge the changes into your `main` branch. For a reminder of how to do this, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/hello-world). ## Next steps * Most people want to keep working on their files locally (i.e. on their own computer), and then continually sync these locally-made changes with this "remote" {% ifversion fpt or ghec %}(in the cloud){% endif %} repository on {% data variables.product.product_name %}. There are plenty of tools that let you do this, such as GitHub Desktop. To get started, you'd need to: - * **Install** GitHub Desktop. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/desktop/overview/getting-started-with-github-desktop)." - * **Clone** the remote repository, so you have a copy of it on your own computer. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/desktop/adding-and-cloning-repositories/cloning-and-forking-repositories-from-github-desktop)." - * Continually **sync** your local changes with this remote repository. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/desktop/working-with-your-remote-repository-on-github-or-github-enterprise/syncing-your-branch-in-github-desktop)." + * **Install** GitHub Desktop. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/desktop/overview/getting-started-with-github-desktop). + * **Clone** the remote repository, so you have a copy of it on your own computer. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/desktop/adding-and-cloning-repositories/cloning-and-forking-repositories-from-github-desktop). + * Continually **sync** your local changes with this remote repository. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/desktop/working-with-your-remote-repository-on-github-or-github-enterprise/syncing-your-branch-in-github-desktop). -* To learn more about other tools available for working with repositories hosted on {% data variables.product.product_name %}, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/connecting-to-github)." +* To learn more about other tools available for working with repositories hosted on {% data variables.product.product_name %}, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/connecting-to-github). ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/managing-your-repositorys-settings-and-features/customizing-your-repository/about-readmes)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/managing-files)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/creating-and-managing-repositories/cloning-a-repository)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/managing-your-repositorys-settings-and-features/customizing-your-repository/about-readmes) +* [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/managing-files) +* [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/creating-and-managing-repositories/cloning-a-repository) diff --git a/content/get-started/using-git/about-git-rebase.md b/content/get-started/using-git/about-git-rebase.md index 542b64935fc0..66ce1c8c5aff 100644 --- a/content/get-started/using-git/about-git-rebase.md +++ b/content/get-started/using-git/about-git-rebase.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Typically, you would use `git rebase` to: * Delete or revert commits that are no longer necessary > [!WARNING] -> Because changing your commit history can make things difficult for everyone else using the repository, it's considered bad practice to rebase commits when you've already pushed to a repository. To learn how to safely rebase, see "[AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/incorporating-changes-from-a-pull-request/about-pull-request-merges)." +> Because changing your commit history can make things difficult for everyone else using the repository, it's considered bad practice to rebase commits when you've already pushed to a repository. To learn how to safely rebase, see [AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/incorporating-changes-from-a-pull-request/about-pull-request-merges). ## Rebasing commits against a branch @@ -100,8 +100,8 @@ Breaking this information, from top to bottom, we see that: ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-git/using-git-rebase-on-the-command-line)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-git/using-git-rebase-on-the-command-line) * [The "Git Branching" chapter from the _Pro Git_ book](https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Branching-Rebasing) * [The "Interactive Rebasing" chapter from the _Pro Git_ book](https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Tools-Rewriting-History#_changing_multiple) -* "[Squashing commits with rebase](http://gitready.com/advanced/2009/02/10/squashing-commits-with-rebase.html)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/desktop/working-with-your-remote-repository-on-github-or-github-enterprise/syncing-your-branch-in-github-desktop)" in the {% data variables.product.prodname_desktop %} documentation +* [Squashing commits with rebase](http://gitready.com/advanced/2009/02/10/squashing-commits-with-rebase.html) +* [AUTOTITLE](/desktop/working-with-your-remote-repository-on-github-or-github-enterprise/syncing-your-branch-in-github-desktop) in the {% data variables.product.prodname_desktop %} documentation diff --git a/content/get-started/using-git/about-git-subtree-merges.md b/content/get-started/using-git/about-git-subtree-merges.md index f892e2a76c6b..0aec89726014 100644 --- a/content/get-started/using-git/about-git-subtree-merges.md +++ b/content/get-started/using-git/about-git-subtree-merges.md @@ -121,4 +121,4 @@ git pull -s subtree spoon-knife main ## Further reading * [The "Advanced Merging" chapter from the _Pro Git_ book](https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Tools-Advanced-Merging) -* "[How to use the subtree merge strategy](https://www.kernel.org/pub/software/scm/git/docs/howto/using-merge-subtree.html)" +* [How to use the subtree merge strategy](https://www.kernel.org/pub/software/scm/git/docs/howto/using-merge-subtree.html) diff --git a/content/get-started/using-git/about-git.md b/content/get-started/using-git/about-git.md index e184ed6fb5e8..c8323e6ba9c2 100644 --- a/content/get-started/using-git/about-git.md +++ b/content/get-started/using-git/about-git.md @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Through platforms like {% data variables.product.product_name %}, Git also provi {% data variables.product.product_name %} hosts Git repositories and provides developers with tools to ship better code through command line features, issues (threaded discussions), pull requests, code review, or the use of a collection of free and for-purchase apps in the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}. With collaboration layers like the {% data variables.product.product_name %} flow, a community of 100 million developers, and an ecosystem with hundreds of integrations, {% data variables.product.product_name %} changes the way software is built. -{% data variables.product.product_name %} builds collaboration directly into the development process. Work is organized into repositories where developers can outline requirements or direction and set expectations for team members. Then, using the {% data variables.product.product_name %} flow, developers simply create a branch to work on updates, commit changes to save them, open a pull request to propose and discuss changes, and merge pull requests once everyone is on the same page. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/github-flow)." +{% data variables.product.product_name %} builds collaboration directly into the development process. Work is organized into repositories where developers can outline requirements or direction and set expectations for team members. Then, using the {% data variables.product.product_name %} flow, developers simply create a branch to work on updates, commit changes to save them, open a pull request to propose and discuss changes, and merge pull requests once everyone is on the same page. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/github-flow). For {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} plans and costs, see {% data variables.product.pricing_link %}. For information on how {% data variables.product.prodname_enterprise %} compares to other options, see [Comparing GitHub to other DevOps solutions](https://resources.github.com/devops/tools/compare/). @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ git push --set-upstream origin my-branch ### Example: Start a new repository and publish it to {% data variables.product.product_name %} -First, you will need to create a new repository on {% data variables.product.product_name %}. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/hello-world)." **Do not** initialize the repository with a README, .gitignore or License file. This empty repository will await your code. +First, you will need to create a new repository on {% data variables.product.product_name %}. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/hello-world). **Do not** initialize the repository with a README, .gitignore or License file. This empty repository will await your code. ```bash # create a new directory, and initialize it with git-specific functions @@ -162,4 +162,4 @@ There are two primary ways people collaborate on {% data variables.product.produ With a shared repository, individuals and teams are explicitly designated as contributors with read, write, or administrator access. This simple permission structure, combined with features like protected branches, helps teams progress quickly when they adopt {% data variables.product.product_name %}. -For an open source project, or for projects to which anyone can contribute, managing individual permissions can be challenging, but a fork and pull model allows anyone who can view the project to contribute. A fork is a copy of a project under a developer's personal account. Every developer has full control of their fork and is free to implement a fix or a new feature. Work completed in forks is either kept separate, or is surfaced back to the original project via a pull request. There, maintainers can review the suggested changes before they're merged. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/contributing-to-a-project)." +For an open source project, or for projects to which anyone can contribute, managing individual permissions can be challenging, but a fork and pull model allows anyone who can view the project to contribute. A fork is a copy of a project under a developer's personal account. Every developer has full control of their fork and is free to implement a fix or a new feature. Work completed in forks is either kept separate, or is surfaced back to the original project via a pull request. There, maintainers can review the suggested changes before they're merged. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/contributing-to-a-project). diff --git a/content/get-started/using-git/dealing-with-special-characters-in-branch-and-tag-names.md b/content/get-started/using-git/dealing-with-special-characters-in-branch-and-tag-names.md index 9c2a2b09726b..8f0542ba7ac4 100644 --- a/content/get-started/using-git/dealing-with-special-characters-in-branch-and-tag-names.md +++ b/content/get-started/using-git/dealing-with-special-characters-in-branch-and-tag-names.md @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ shortTitle: Special characters in names ## About branch and tag names -Most repositories use simple branch names, such as `main` or `update-icons`. Tag names also usually follow a basic format, such as a version number like `v1.2.3`. Both branch names and tag names may also use the path separator (`/`) for structure, for example `area/item` or `level-1/level-2/level-3`. Other than some exceptions — such as not starting or ending a name with a slash, or having consecutive slashes in the name — Git has very few restrictions on what characters may be used in branch and tag names. For more information, see "[git-check-ref-format](https://git-scm.com/docs/git-check-ref-format)" in the Git documentation. +Most repositories use simple branch names, such as `main` or `update-icons`. Tag names also usually follow a basic format, such as a version number like `v1.2.3`. Both branch names and tag names may also use the path separator (`/`) for structure, for example `area/item` or `level-1/level-2/level-3`. Other than some exceptions — such as not starting or ending a name with a slash, or having consecutive slashes in the name — Git has very few restrictions on what characters may be used in branch and tag names. For more information, see [git-check-ref-format](https://git-scm.com/docs/git-check-ref-format) in the Git documentation. ## Why you need to escape special characters @@ -52,4 +52,4 @@ To avoid confusion, you should start branch names with a letter. {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} restricts a small number of branch and tag names from being pushed up. Those restrictions are: * No names which look like Git object IDs (40 characters containing only 0-9 and A-F), to prevent confusion with actual Git object IDs. -* No names beginning with `refs/`, to prevent confusion with the full name of Git refs. For more information about refs, see "[Git References](https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Internals-Git-References)" in the Git documentation. +* No names beginning with `refs/`, to prevent confusion with the full name of Git refs. For more information about refs, see [Git References](https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Internals-Git-References) in the Git documentation. diff --git a/content/get-started/using-git/getting-changes-from-a-remote-repository.md b/content/get-started/using-git/getting-changes-from-a-remote-repository.md index d1adc675f501..5f1a11663c69 100644 --- a/content/get-started/using-git/getting-changes-from-a-remote-repository.md +++ b/content/get-started/using-git/getting-changes-from-a-remote-repository.md @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ $ git fetch REMOTE-NAME # Fetches updates made to a remote repository ``` -Otherwise, you can always add a new remote and then fetch. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/managing-remote-repositories)." +Otherwise, you can always add a new remote and then fetch. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/managing-remote-repositories). ## Merging changes into your local branch @@ -91,4 +91,4 @@ to take the branch back to where it was in before you pulled. ## Further reading * ["Working with Remotes" from the _Pro Git_ book](https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Basics-Working-with-Remotes){% ifversion fpt or ghec %} -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/troubleshooting-connectivity-problems)"{% endif %} +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/troubleshooting-connectivity-problems){% endif %} diff --git a/content/get-started/using-git/pushing-commits-to-a-remote-repository.md b/content/get-started/using-git/pushing-commits-to-a-remote-repository.md index b877e466cd0b..96d2228e4c1f 100644 --- a/content/get-started/using-git/pushing-commits-to-a-remote-repository.md +++ b/content/get-started/using-git/pushing-commits-to-a-remote-repository.md @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ repository you're pushing to, you'll get a message saying `non-fast-forward upda This means that you must retrieve, or "fetch," the upstream changes, before you are able to push your local changes. -For more information on this error, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-git/dealing-with-non-fast-forward-errors)." +For more information on this error, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-git/dealing-with-non-fast-forward-errors). ## Pushing tags @@ -108,13 +108,13 @@ git fetch upstream When you're done making local changes, you can push your local branch to GitHub and [initiate a pull request](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/proposing-changes-to-your-work-with-pull-requests/about-pull-requests). -For more information on working with forks, see "[AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/working-with-forks/syncing-a-fork)." +For more information on working with forks, see [AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/working-with-forks/syncing-a-fork). ## Further reading * [The "Remotes" chapter from the "Pro Git" book](https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Basics-Working-with-Remotes) * [`git remote` main page](https://git-scm.com/docs/git-remote.html) -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/git-cheatsheet)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/git-workflows)" -* "[Git Handbook](https://guides.github.com/introduction/git-handbook/)"{% ifversion fpt or ghec %} -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-git/troubleshooting-the-2-gb-push-limit)"{% endif %} +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/git-cheatsheet) +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/git-workflows) +* [Git Handbook](https://guides.github.com/introduction/git-handbook/){% ifversion fpt or ghec %} +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-git/troubleshooting-the-2-gb-push-limit){% endif %} diff --git a/content/get-started/using-git/splitting-a-subfolder-out-into-a-new-repository.md b/content/get-started/using-git/splitting-a-subfolder-out-into-a-new-repository.md index d7f9090a4ae2..4b9e0de8a9a5 100644 --- a/content/get-started/using-git/splitting-a-subfolder-out-into-a-new-repository.md +++ b/content/get-started/using-git/splitting-a-subfolder-out-into-a-new-repository.md @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ If you create a new clone of the repository, you won't lose any of your Git hist ![Screenshot of the "Quick Setup" header in a repository. Next to the remote URL, an icon of two overlapping squares is highlighted with an orange outline.](/assets/images/help/repository/copy-remote-repository-url-quick-setup.png) > [!TIP] - > For information on the difference between HTTPS and SSH URLs, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/about-remote-repositories)." + > For information on the difference between HTTPS and SSH URLs, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/about-remote-repositories). 1. Add a new remote name with the URL you copied for your repository. For example, `origin` or `upstream` are two common choices. diff --git a/content/get-started/using-git/troubleshooting-the-2-gb-push-limit.md b/content/get-started/using-git/troubleshooting-the-2-gb-push-limit.md index 887f746b5abe..3090a569d87e 100644 --- a/content/get-started/using-git/troubleshooting-the-2-gb-push-limit.md +++ b/content/get-started/using-git/troubleshooting-the-2-gb-push-limit.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ You can either split up your push into smaller parts, or delete the Git history You can avoid hitting the limit by breaking your push into smaller parts, each of which should be under 2 GB in size. If a branch is within this size limit, you can push it all at once. However, if a branch is larger than 2 GB, you'll need to split the push into even smaller portions and push only a few commits at a time. -1. If you haven't configured the remote yet, add the repository as a new remote. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/managing-remote-repositories#adding-a-remote-repository)." +1. If you haven't configured the remote yet, add the repository as a new remote. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/managing-remote-repositories#adding-a-remote-repository). 1. To find suitable commits spread out along the history of the main branch in your local repository, run the following command: ```shell @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ If the repository does not have any history, or your initial commit was over 2 G 1. Run `git init` and `git lfs install` on the new folder, and add the new empty {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} repository as a remote. 1. If you already use {% data variables.large_files.product_name_long %} and have all of the {% data variables.large_files.product_name_short %} tracking rules you intend to use already listed in the `.gitattributes` file in the old folder, that should be the first file you copy across to the new folder. You should ensure the tracking rules are in place before you add any other files, so that there's no chance things intended for {% data variables.large_files.product_name_short %} will be committed to regular Git storage. - If you do not already use {% data variables.large_files.product_name_short %}, you can skip this step, or you can set up the tracking rules you intend to use in the `.gitattributes` file in the new folder before you copy any other files across. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/managing-large-files/configuring-git-large-file-storage)." + If you do not already use {% data variables.large_files.product_name_short %}, you can skip this step, or you can set up the tracking rules you intend to use in the `.gitattributes` file in the new folder before you copy any other files across. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/managing-large-files/configuring-git-large-file-storage). 1. Move batches of files that are smaller than 2 GB from the old folder to the new folder. After each batch is moved, create a commit and push it before moving the next batch. You can take a cautious approach and stick to around 2 GB. Alternatively, if you have a folder with files meant for {% data variables.large_files.product_name_short %}, you can ignore those files when considering the 2 GB limit per batch. diff --git a/content/get-started/using-git/using-git-rebase-on-the-command-line.md b/content/get-started/using-git/using-git-rebase-on-the-command-line.md index 9681b7ff83be..414d716193f2 100644 --- a/content/get-started/using-git/using-git-rebase-on-the-command-line.md +++ b/content/get-started/using-git/using-git-rebase-on-the-command-line.md @@ -141,4 +141,4 @@ $ git push origin main --force ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-git/resolving-merge-conflicts-after-a-git-rebase)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-git/resolving-merge-conflicts-after-a-git-rebase) diff --git a/content/get-started/using-github-docs/about-versions-of-github-docs.md b/content/get-started/using-github-docs/about-versions-of-github-docs.md index 6ae994a37e77..91a94f73472e 100644 --- a/content/get-started/using-github-docs/about-versions-of-github-docs.md +++ b/content/get-started/using-github-docs/about-versions-of-github-docs.md @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ redirect_from: ## About versions of {% data variables.product.prodname_docs %} -{% data variables.product.company_short %} offers different plans for storing and collaborating on code. The plan you use determines which features are available to you. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/githubs-plans)." +{% data variables.product.company_short %} offers different plans for storing and collaborating on code. The plan you use determines which features are available to you. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/githubs-plans). This website, {% data variables.product.prodname_docs %}, provides documentation for all of {% data variables.product.company_short %}'s plans. If the content you're reading applies to more than one plan, you can choose the version of the documentation that's relevant to you by selecting the plan you're currently using. @@ -40,15 +40,15 @@ In a wide browser window, there is no text that immediately follows the {% data {% endif %} -On {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %}, each account has its own plan. Each personal account has an associated plan that provides access to certain features, and each organization has a different associated plan. If your personal account is a member of an organization on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}, you may have access to different features when you use resources owned by that organization than when you use resources owned by your personal account. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/types-of-github-accounts)." +On {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %}, each account has its own plan. Each personal account has an associated plan that provides access to certain features, and each organization has a different associated plan. If your personal account is a member of an organization on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}, you may have access to different features when you use resources owned by that organization than when you use resources owned by your personal account. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/types-of-github-accounts). -If you don't know whether an organization uses {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %}, ask an organization owner. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-your-membership-in-organizations/viewing-peoples-roles-in-an-organization)." +If you don't know whether an organization uses {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %}, ask an organization owner. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-personal-account-on-github/managing-your-membership-in-organizations/viewing-peoples-roles-in-an-organization). ### {% data variables.enterprise.data_residency_site %} If you access {% data variables.product.github %} at a subdomain of {% data variables.enterprise.data_residency_site %}, such as `octocorp.ghe.com`, you're part of an enterprise that uses {% data variables.enterprise.data_residency %}. You should use the "{% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_cloud %}" version of {% data variables.product.prodname_docs %}. -Because you're using a {% data variables.enterprise.prodname_managed_user %}, certain parts of the documentation may not apply to you. See "[AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/managing-iam/understanding-iam-for-enterprises/abilities-and-restrictions-of-managed-user-accounts)." +Because you're using a {% data variables.enterprise.prodname_managed_user %}, certain parts of the documentation may not apply to you. See [AUTOTITLE](/enterprise-cloud@latest/admin/managing-iam/understanding-iam-for-enterprises/abilities-and-restrictions-of-managed-user-accounts). If you see references to "github.com" in the documentation, you may need to substitute these references for your enterprise's subdomain on {% data variables.enterprise.data_residency_site %}. For example, you will make API calls to `https://{% data variables.enterprise.data_residency_api %}`, rather than `https://api.github.com`. diff --git a/content/get-started/using-github/allowing-access-to-githubs-services-from-a-restricted-network.md b/content/get-started/using-github/allowing-access-to-githubs-services-from-a-restricted-network.md index 8e26b190aee9..54edff83bc7a 100644 --- a/content/get-started/using-github/allowing-access-to-githubs-services-from-a-restricted-network.md +++ b/content/get-started/using-github/allowing-access-to-githubs-services-from-a-restricted-network.md @@ -18,4 +18,4 @@ You can use the REST API to retrieve a list of {% data variables.product.company > [!WARNING] > The list of domains from the REST API is not intended to be comprehensive. If you block access to services using DNS, but selectively allow access to {% data variables.product.company_short %}'s domain names, any or all of {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} and related services may not function properly or at all for your end users. -For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/rest/meta)." +For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/rest/meta). diff --git a/content/get-started/using-github/communicating-on-github.md b/content/get-started/using-github/communicating-on-github.md index c544d300e650..d250cc79665b 100644 --- a/content/get-started/using-github/communicating-on-github.md +++ b/content/get-started/using-github/communicating-on-github.md @@ -180,14 +180,14 @@ To ask a question about an issue or discussion: These examples showed you how to decide which is the best tool for your conversations on {% data variables.product.product_name %}. But this is only the beginning; there is so much more you can do to tailor these tools to your needs. -For issues, for example, you can tag issues with labels for quicker searching and create issue templates to help contributors open meaningful issues. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/about-issues#working-with-issues)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/communities/using-templates-to-encourage-useful-issues-and-pull-requests/about-issue-and-pull-request-templates)." +For issues, for example, you can tag issues with labels for quicker searching and create issue templates to help contributors open meaningful issues. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/about-issues#working-with-issues) and [AUTOTITLE](/communities/using-templates-to-encourage-useful-issues-and-pull-requests/about-issue-and-pull-request-templates). -For pull requests, you can create draft pull requests if your proposed changes are still a work in progress. Draft pull requests cannot be merged until they're marked as ready for review. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/proposing-changes-to-your-work-with-pull-requests/about-pull-requests#draft-pull-requests)." +For pull requests, you can create draft pull requests if your proposed changes are still a work in progress. Draft pull requests cannot be merged until they're marked as ready for review. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/proposing-changes-to-your-work-with-pull-requests/about-pull-requests#draft-pull-requests). {% ifversion discussions %} -For {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %}, you can{% ifversion fpt or ghec %} set up a code of conduct and{% endif %} pin discussions that contain important information for your community. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions)." +For {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %}, you can{% ifversion fpt or ghec %} set up a code of conduct and{% endif %} pin discussions that contain important information for your community. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions). {% endif %} -{% ifversion team-discussions %}For team discussions, you can edit or delete discussions on a team's page, and you can configure notifications for team discussions. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/organizations/collaborating-with-your-team/about-team-discussions)."{% endif %} +{% ifversion team-discussions %}For team discussions, you can edit or delete discussions on a team's page, and you can configure notifications for team discussions. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/organizations/collaborating-with-your-team/about-team-discussions).{% endif %} -To learn some advanced formatting features that will help you communicate, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/quickstart-for-writing-on-github)." +To learn some advanced formatting features that will help you communicate, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/quickstart-for-writing-on-github). diff --git a/content/get-started/using-github/connecting-to-github.md b/content/get-started/using-github/connecting-to-github.md index c2e70f2e7883..b518b3285181 100644 --- a/content/get-started/using-github/connecting-to-github.md +++ b/content/get-started/using-github/connecting-to-github.md @@ -19,11 +19,11 @@ topics: There are many ways to work with {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}, and you can choose a method that suits your level of experience, personal preferences, and the repositories you work with. For example, you can choose whether you want to work in the browser or from your desktop, how you want to use Git, and what capabilities you need from your editor and other software. You may choose to work with different repositories in different ways. -If you're new to {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}, a good way to start contributing is to make changes in the browser on {% data variables.location.product_location %}. As you become more familiar with {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} and start contributing larger changes, you may want to start working with other tools. This article explains how to progress through these stages and helps you choose the best tool for your requirements at each stage. To quickly compare all the tools available for working with {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}, see "[Comparison of tools for connecting to {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}](#comparison-of-tools-for-connecting-to-github)." +If you're new to {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}, a good way to start contributing is to make changes in the browser on {% data variables.location.product_location %}. As you become more familiar with {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} and start contributing larger changes, you may want to start working with other tools. This article explains how to progress through these stages and helps you choose the best tool for your requirements at each stage. To quickly compare all the tools available for working with {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}, see [Comparison of tools for connecting to {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}](#comparison-of-tools-for-connecting-to-github). ## Getting started -In the user interface on {% data variables.location.product_location %}, you can perform the whole "{% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} flow" for contributing to a repository, including creating a branch or fork, editing and previewing files, committing your changes, and creating a pull request. You can also upload files from your computer or download them from the repository. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/github-flow)." +In the user interface on {% data variables.location.product_location %}, you can perform the whole "{% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} flow" for contributing to a repository, including creating a branch or fork, editing and previewing files, committing your changes, and creating a pull request. You can also upload files from your computer or download them from the repository. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/github-flow). Working directly on {% data variables.location.product_location %} is often the quickest way to contribute to a repository, for the following reasons. @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Working directly on {% data variables.location.product_location %} is often the * If you're already signed in to {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}, you have access to any repository where you have the necessary permissions, so you don't need to set up any additional authentication on your computer. * You can commit changes in the user interface, so you don't need to use the command line or memorize any Git commands. -For a tutorial to help you get started with making changes in the browser, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/hello-world)." +For a tutorial to help you get started with making changes in the browser, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/hello-world). {% ifversion fpt or ghec %} @@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ For a tutorial to help you get started with making changes in the browser, see " Working directly on {% data variables.location.product_location %} is best for small, simple changes, often targeting a single file in a repository. If you want to work in the browser but need to make more complex changes, such as moving content between files, you can choose from the following tools to open a repository in a dedicated editor. -* If you want an editor where you can quickly open or create files, you can press the `.` key in any repository to open the github.dev editor. This is a lightweight web-based editor that includes many of the features of {% data variables.product.prodname_vscode %}, such as a search bar and buttons for Git commands. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/codespaces/the-githubdev-web-based-editor)." -* If you want to stay in the browser but need to do things like run commands, create a test build of your project, or install dependencies, you can open a repository in a codespace. A codespace is a remote development environment with storage and compute power. It includes an editor and integrated terminal, and comes preinstalled with common tools you may need to work with a project, including Git. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/codespaces/overview)." +* If you want an editor where you can quickly open or create files, you can press the `.` key in any repository to open the github.dev editor. This is a lightweight web-based editor that includes many of the features of {% data variables.product.prodname_vscode %}, such as a search bar and buttons for Git commands. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/codespaces/the-githubdev-web-based-editor). +* If you want to stay in the browser but need to do things like run commands, create a test build of your project, or install dependencies, you can open a repository in a codespace. A codespace is a remote development environment with storage and compute power. It includes an editor and integrated terminal, and comes preinstalled with common tools you may need to work with a project, including Git. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/codespaces/overview). Alternatively, you can connect to {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} from your desktop, and work with a local copy of the repository.{% else %}Working directly in the browser is best for small, simple changes, often targeting a single file in a repository. If you want to make more complex changes, you may need to connect to {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} from the desktop, and work with a local copy of the repository.{% endif %} @@ -56,8 +56,8 @@ If you haven't worked with a {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} reposi There are several tools you can use to connect to {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} from your desktop. These tools allow you to authenticate to {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}, clone a repository, track your changes, and push the changes to {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}. -* If you want a lot of control and flexibility, you can use the command line. You'll need to install Git and be familiar with some basic Git commands. You can also install {% data variables.product.prodname_cli %}, a command-line interface that lets you perform many actions on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}, such as creating a pull request or forking a repository. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/set-up-git)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/github-cli/github-cli/about-github-cli)." -* If you'd prefer to use a visual interface, you can use a visual Git client such as {% data variables.product.prodname_desktop %}. With {% data variables.product.prodname_desktop %}, you can visualize the changes you're making and access most Git commands through a visual interface, so you don't need to memorize any commands. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/desktop/overview/about-github-desktop)." +* If you want a lot of control and flexibility, you can use the command line. You'll need to install Git and be familiar with some basic Git commands. You can also install {% data variables.product.prodname_cli %}, a command-line interface that lets you perform many actions on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}, such as creating a pull request or forking a repository. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/set-up-git) and [AUTOTITLE](/github-cli/github-cli/about-github-cli). +* If you'd prefer to use a visual interface, you can use a visual Git client such as {% data variables.product.prodname_desktop %}. With {% data variables.product.prodname_desktop %}, you can visualize the changes you're making and access most Git commands through a visual interface, so you don't need to memorize any commands. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/desktop/overview/about-github-desktop). * If you want to work in one place, you can often do most things from your editor. An editor such as {% data variables.product.prodname_vscode_shortname %} includes an integrated terminal and buttons for common Git commands, so you can edit files and push your changes to {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} all from one place. You can also install an extension to work directly with pull requests and issues on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}. To get started, see [Download {% data variables.product.prodname_vscode_shortname %}](https://code.visualstudio.com/download). ## Comparison of tools for connecting to {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} @@ -66,20 +66,20 @@ The following table provides a comparison between the tools you can use to work You can perform the whole {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} flow with any of the tools described here. Each tool includes access not only to Git commands for tracking the changes you've made, but also to {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}-specific features, so you can create a pull request with your proposed changes from wherever you're working. -For more information about how to authenticate to {% data variables.product.product_name %} with each of these tools, see "[AUTOTITLE](/authentication/keeping-your-account-and-data-secure/about-authentication-to-github)." +For more information about how to authenticate to {% data variables.product.product_name %} with each of these tools, see [AUTOTITLE](/authentication/keeping-your-account-and-data-secure/about-authentication-to-github). | Tool | Use case | Browser or desktop | | ---- | -------- | ------------------ | -| **On {% data variables.location.product_location %}** | You want a visual interface and need to make quick, simple changes, typically involving a single commit. For an introduction, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/hello-world)." | Browser | +| **On {% data variables.location.product_location %}** | You want a visual interface and need to make quick, simple changes, typically involving a single commit. For an introduction, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/hello-world). | Browser | | {% ifversion fpt or ghec %} | -| **github.dev** | You want to make more complex changes to a repository than is possible on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %}, but don't need to work with a terminal or tools you have installed on your computer. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/codespaces/the-githubdev-web-based-editor#opening-the-githubdev-editor)." | Browser | -| **{% data variables.product.prodname_github_codespaces %}** | You need the resources of a computer to do things like run scripts, create a test build of your project, or install dependencies, and you want to get started quickly by working in a cloud-based environment. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/codespaces/overview)." | Browser or desktop | +| **github.dev** | You want to make more complex changes to a repository than is possible on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %}, but don't need to work with a terminal or tools you have installed on your computer. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/codespaces/the-githubdev-web-based-editor#opening-the-githubdev-editor). | Browser | +| **{% data variables.product.prodname_github_codespaces %}** | You need the resources of a computer to do things like run scripts, create a test build of your project, or install dependencies, and you want to get started quickly by working in a cloud-based environment. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/codespaces/overview). | Browser or desktop | | {% endif %} | -| **{% data variables.product.prodname_desktop %}** | You want to work with files locally, and would prefer a visual interface to use Git, visualize changes, and interact with {% data variables.product.product_name %}. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/desktop/overview/about-github-desktop)." | Desktop | +| **{% data variables.product.prodname_desktop %}** | You want to work with files locally, and would prefer a visual interface to use Git, visualize changes, and interact with {% data variables.product.product_name %}. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/desktop/overview/about-github-desktop). | Desktop | | **IDE or text editor** | You're working with more complex files and projects and want everything in one place. | Desktop | -| **Command-line Git and {% data variables.product.prodname_cli %}** | You're used to working from the command line and want to avoid switching context, or you need to access a complex Git command that isn't integrated into visual interfaces. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/set-up-git)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/github-cli/github-cli/about-github-cli)." | Desktop | -| **{% ifversion fpt or ghec %}{% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}{% else %}{% data variables.product.product_name %}{% endif %} API** | You want to automate common tasks such as backing up your data, or create integrations that extend {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/rest/about-the-rest-api/comparing-githubs-rest-api-and-graphql-api)." | Browser or desktop | +| **Command-line Git and {% data variables.product.prodname_cli %}** | You're used to working from the command line and want to avoid switching context, or you need to access a complex Git command that isn't integrated into visual interfaces. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/getting-started-with-git/set-up-git) and [AUTOTITLE](/github-cli/github-cli/about-github-cli). | Desktop | +| **{% ifversion fpt or ghec %}{% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}{% else %}{% data variables.product.product_name %}{% endif %} API** | You want to automate common tasks such as backing up your data, or create integrations that extend {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/rest/about-the-rest-api/comparing-githubs-rest-api-and-graphql-api). | Browser or desktop | ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-git/about-git)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-git/about-git) diff --git a/content/get-started/using-github/github-flow.md b/content/get-started/using-github/github-flow.md index 3b232f56ac4e..d17c3273f89e 100644 --- a/content/get-started/using-github/github-flow.md +++ b/content/get-started/using-github/github-flow.md @@ -23,22 +23,22 @@ topics: ## Prerequisites -To follow {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} flow, you will need a {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} account and a repository. {% ifversion fpt or ghec %}For information on how to create an account, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/creating-an-account-on-github)."{% elsif ghes %}For more information, contact your site administrator.{% endif %} For information on how to create a repository, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/creating-and-managing-repositories/quickstart-for-repositories)."{% ifversion fpt or ghec %} For information on how to find an existing repository to contribute to, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/finding-ways-to-contribute-to-open-source-on-github)."{% endif %} +To follow {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} flow, you will need a {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} account and a repository. {% ifversion fpt or ghec %}For information on how to create an account, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/start-your-journey/creating-an-account-on-github).{% elsif ghes %}For more information, contact your site administrator.{% endif %} For information on how to create a repository, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/creating-and-managing-repositories/quickstart-for-repositories).{% ifversion fpt or ghec %} For information on how to find an existing repository to contribute to, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/finding-ways-to-contribute-to-open-source-on-github).{% endif %} ## Following {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} flow > [!TIP] -> You can complete all steps of {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} flow through the {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} web interface, command line and [{% data variables.product.prodname_cli %}](https://cli.github.com), or [{% data variables.product.prodname_desktop %}](/free-pro-team@latest/desktop). For more information about the tools you can use to connect to {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/connecting-to-github)." +> You can complete all steps of {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} flow through the {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} web interface, command line and [{% data variables.product.prodname_cli %}](https://cli.github.com), or [{% data variables.product.prodname_desktop %}](/free-pro-team@latest/desktop). For more information about the tools you can use to connect to {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/connecting-to-github). ### Create a branch - Create a branch in your repository. A short, descriptive branch name enables your collaborators to see ongoing work at a glance. For example, `increase-test-timeout` or `add-code-of-conduct`. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/proposing-changes-to-your-work-with-pull-requests/creating-and-deleting-branches-within-your-repository)." + Create a branch in your repository. A short, descriptive branch name enables your collaborators to see ongoing work at a glance. For example, `increase-test-timeout` or `add-code-of-conduct`. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/proposing-changes-to-your-work-with-pull-requests/creating-and-deleting-branches-within-your-repository). By creating a branch, you create a space to work without affecting the default branch. Additionally, you give collaborators a chance to review your work. ### Make changes -On your branch, make any desired changes to the repository. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/managing-files/creating-new-files)", "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/managing-files/editing-files)", "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/managing-files/renaming-a-file)", "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/managing-files/moving-a-file-to-a-new-location)", or "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/managing-files/deleting-files-in-a-repository)." +On your branch, make any desired changes to the repository. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/managing-files/creating-new-files), [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/managing-files/editing-files), [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/managing-files/renaming-a-file), [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/managing-files/moving-a-file-to-a-new-location), or [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/managing-files/deleting-files-in-a-repository). Your branch is a safe place to make changes. If you make a mistake, you can revert your changes or push additional changes to fix the mistake. Your changes will not end up on the default branch until you merge your branch. @@ -55,32 +55,32 @@ Continue to make, commit, and push changes to your branch until you are ready to ### Create a pull request -Create a pull request to ask collaborators for feedback on your changes. Pull request review is so valuable that some repositories require an approving review before pull requests can be merged. If you want early feedback or advice before you complete your changes, you can mark your pull request as a draft. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/proposing-changes-to-your-work-with-pull-requests/creating-a-pull-request)." +Create a pull request to ask collaborators for feedback on your changes. Pull request review is so valuable that some repositories require an approving review before pull requests can be merged. If you want early feedback or advice before you complete your changes, you can mark your pull request as a draft. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/proposing-changes-to-your-work-with-pull-requests/creating-a-pull-request). -When you create a pull request, include a summary of the changes and what problem they solve. You can include images, links, and tables to help convey this information. If your pull request addresses an issue, link the issue so that issue stakeholders are aware of the pull request and vice versa. If you link with a keyword, the issue will close automatically when the pull request merges. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/linking-a-pull-request-to-an-issue)." +When you create a pull request, include a summary of the changes and what problem they solve. You can include images, links, and tables to help convey this information. If your pull request addresses an issue, link the issue so that issue stakeholders are aware of the pull request and vice versa. If you link with a keyword, the issue will close automatically when the pull request merges. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax) and [AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/linking-a-pull-request-to-an-issue). In addition to filling out the body of the pull request, you can add comments to specific lines of the pull request to explicitly point something out to the reviewers. Your repository may be configured to automatically request a review from specific teams or users when a pull request is created. You can also manually @mention or request a review from specific people or teams. -If your repository has checks configured to run on pull requests, you will see any checks that failed on your pull request. This helps you catch errors before merging your branch. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/collaborating-on-repositories-with-code-quality-features/about-status-checks)." +If your repository has checks configured to run on pull requests, you will see any checks that failed on your pull request. This helps you catch errors before merging your branch. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/collaborating-on-repositories-with-code-quality-features/about-status-checks). ### Address review comments -Reviewers should leave questions, comments, and suggestions. Reviewers can comment on the whole pull request or add comments to specific lines{% ifversion pull-request-comment-on-file %} or files{% endif %}. You and reviewers can insert images or code suggestions to clarify comments. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/reviewing-changes-in-pull-requests)." +Reviewers should leave questions, comments, and suggestions. Reviewers can comment on the whole pull request or add comments to specific lines{% ifversion pull-request-comment-on-file %} or files{% endif %}. You and reviewers can insert images or code suggestions to clarify comments. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/reviewing-changes-in-pull-requests). You can continue to commit and push changes in response to the reviews. Your pull request will update automatically. ### Merge your pull request -Once your pull request is approved, merge your pull request. This will automatically merge your branch so that your changes appear on the default branch. {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} retains the history of comments and commits in the pull request to help future contributors understand your changes. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/incorporating-changes-from-a-pull-request/merging-a-pull-request)." +Once your pull request is approved, merge your pull request. This will automatically merge your branch so that your changes appear on the default branch. {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} retains the history of comments and commits in the pull request to help future contributors understand your changes. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/incorporating-changes-from-a-pull-request/merging-a-pull-request). -{% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} will tell you if your pull request has conflicts that must be resolved before merging. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/addressing-merge-conflicts)." +{% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} will tell you if your pull request has conflicts that must be resolved before merging. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/addressing-merge-conflicts). -Branch protection settings may block merging if your pull request does not meet certain requirements. For example, you need a certain number of approving reviews or an approving review from a specific team. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/configuring-branches-and-merges-in-your-repository/managing-protected-branches/about-protected-branches)." +Branch protection settings may block merging if your pull request does not meet certain requirements. For example, you need a certain number of approving reviews or an approving review from a specific team. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/configuring-branches-and-merges-in-your-repository/managing-protected-branches/about-protected-branches). ### Delete your branch -After you merge your pull request, delete your branch. This indicates that the work on the branch is complete and prevents you or others from accidentally using old branches. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/configuring-branches-and-merges-in-your-repository/managing-branches-in-your-repository/deleting-and-restoring-branches-in-a-pull-request)." +After you merge your pull request, delete your branch. This indicates that the work on the branch is complete and prevents you or others from accidentally using old branches. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/configuring-branches-and-merges-in-your-repository/managing-branches-in-your-repository/deleting-and-restoring-branches-in-a-pull-request). Don't worry about losing information. Your pull request and commit history will not be deleted. You can always restore your deleted branch or revert your pull request if needed. diff --git a/content/get-started/using-github/github-mobile.md b/content/get-started/using-github/github-mobile.md index 64a7d1f510fa..6bb082fa2c15 100644 --- a/content/get-started/using-github/github-mobile.md +++ b/content/get-started/using-github/github-mobile.md @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ With {% data variables.product.prodname_mobile %} you can: The following documentation contains more information about using {% data variables.product.company_short %} features on {% data variables.product.prodname_mobile %}. -* For more information about notifications for {% data variables.product.prodname_mobile %}, see "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/managing-subscriptions-and-notifications-on-github/setting-up-notifications/configuring-notifications#enabling-push-notifications-with-github-mobile)." -{% ifversion mobile-code-search %}- For more information about using {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} code search on {% data variables.product.prodname_mobile %}, see "[AUTOTITLE](/search-github/github-code-search/using-github-code-search#using-github-code-search-on-github-mobile)."{% endif %} -{% ifversion fpt or ghec %}- For more information on two-factor authentication using {% data variables.product.prodname_mobile %}, see "[AUTOTITLE](/authentication/securing-your-account-with-two-factor-authentication-2fa/configuring-two-factor-authentication#configuring-two-factor-authentication-using-github-mobile)" and "[Authenticating using {% data variables.product.prodname_mobile %}](/authentication/securing-your-account-with-two-factor-authentication-2fa/accessing-github-using-two-factor-authentication#verifying-with-github-mobile)." {% endif %} -{% ifversion copilot-chat-for-mobile %}- For more information about using {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_mobile %}, see "[AUTOTITLE](/copilot/github-copilot-chat/copilot-chat-in-github-mobile/using-github-copilot-chat-in-github-mobile)."{% endif %} +* For more information about notifications for {% data variables.product.prodname_mobile %}, see [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/managing-subscriptions-and-notifications-on-github/setting-up-notifications/configuring-notifications#enabling-push-notifications-with-github-mobile). +{% ifversion mobile-code-search %}- For more information about using {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} code search on {% data variables.product.prodname_mobile %}, see [AUTOTITLE](/search-github/github-code-search/using-github-code-search#using-github-code-search-on-github-mobile).{% endif %} +{% ifversion fpt or ghec %}- For more information on two-factor authentication using {% data variables.product.prodname_mobile %}, see [AUTOTITLE](/authentication/securing-your-account-with-two-factor-authentication-2fa/configuring-two-factor-authentication#configuring-two-factor-authentication-using-github-mobile) and [Authenticating using {% data variables.product.prodname_mobile %}](/authentication/securing-your-account-with-two-factor-authentication-2fa/accessing-github-using-two-factor-authentication#verifying-with-github-mobile). {% endif %} +{% ifversion copilot-chat-for-mobile %}- For more information about using {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_mobile %}, see [AUTOTITLE](/copilot/github-copilot-chat/copilot-chat-in-github-mobile/using-github-copilot-chat-in-github-mobile).{% endif %} ## Installing {% data variables.product.prodname_mobile %} @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ To install {% data variables.product.prodname_mobile %} for Android or iOS, see ## Managing accounts -You can be simultaneously signed into mobile with multiple accounts on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %}, on {% data variables.enterprise.data_residency_site %}, and on {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_server %}. For more information about our different products, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/githubs-plans)." +You can be simultaneously signed into mobile with multiple accounts on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %}, on {% data variables.enterprise.data_residency_site %}, and on {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_server %}. For more information about our different products, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/learning-about-github/githubs-plans). {% data reusables.mobile.push-notifications-on-ghes %} @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ To access accounts on {% data variables.enterprise.data_residency %} using {% da You must install {% data variables.product.prodname_mobile %} 1.4 or later on your device to use {% data variables.product.prodname_mobile %} with {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_server %}. -To use {% data variables.product.prodname_mobile %} with {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_server %}, {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} must be version 3.0 or greater, and your enterprise owner must enable mobile support for your enterprise. For more information, see {% ifversion ghes %}"[AUTOTITLE](/admin/release-notes)" and {% endif %}"[Managing {% data variables.product.prodname_mobile %} for your enterprise]({% ifversion not ghes %}/enterprise-server@latest{% endif %}/admin/configuration/configuring-your-enterprise/managing-github-mobile-for-your-enterprise){% ifversion not ghes %}" in the {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_server %} documentation.{% else %}."{% endif %} +To use {% data variables.product.prodname_mobile %} with {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_server %}, {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} must be version 3.0 or greater, and your enterprise owner must enable mobile support for your enterprise. For more information, see {% ifversion ghes %}[AUTOTITLE](/admin/release-notes) and {% endif %}"[Managing {% data variables.product.prodname_mobile %} for your enterprise]({% ifversion not ghes %}/enterprise-server@latest{% endif %}/admin/configuration/configuring-your-enterprise/managing-github-mobile-for-your-enterprise){% ifversion not ghes %}" in the {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_server %} documentation.{% else %}."{% endif %} During the {% data variables.release-phases.public_preview %} for {% data variables.product.prodname_mobile %} with {% data variables.product.prodname_ghe_server %}, you must be signed in with a personal account on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %}. diff --git a/content/get-started/using-github/troubleshooting-connectivity-problems.md b/content/get-started/using-github/troubleshooting-connectivity-problems.md index 112c3377ea18..df0088c6f743 100644 --- a/content/get-started/using-github/troubleshooting-connectivity-problems.md +++ b/content/get-started/using-github/troubleshooting-connectivity-problems.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Most often, connection problems occur because a firewall, proxy server, corporat ## Allowing {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}'s IP addresses -Make sure your network is configured to allow {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}'s IP addresses. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/authentication/keeping-your-account-and-data-secure/about-githubs-ip-addresses)." +Make sure your network is configured to allow {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}'s IP addresses. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/authentication/keeping-your-account-and-data-secure/about-githubs-ip-addresses). ## Using a company or organization's network @@ -24,17 +24,17 @@ If you're having connectivity problems on your company or organization's network If you're unable to verify with the captcha: * Ensure JavaScript is enabled on your browser. -* Ensure your browser is supported. If your browser isn't supported, upgrade your browser or install a supported browser. For a list of supported browsers, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/supported-browsers)." +* Ensure your browser is supported. If your browser isn't supported, upgrade your browser or install a supported browser. For a list of supported browsers, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/supported-browsers). * Ensure your network configuration is not blocking https://octocaptcha.com/ or https://arkoselabs.com/. If you're behind a corporate firewall, contact your IT administrator to allow those domains. To verify access to these domains, visit https://octocaptcha.com/test and ensure the text "Connection successfully made!" is displayed. Then, visit [Arkose Labs Demo](https://demo.arkoselabs.com/?key=DF9C4D87-CB7B-4062-9FEB-BADB6ADA61E6) for a captcha test page, and ensure you are able to load the captcha. * Ensure your browser does not have plug-ins or extensions that may be interfering with GitHub. If so, temporarily disable the plug-ins or extensions during captcha verification. ## Switching cloning methods -Switching from cloning via SSH to cloning via HTTPS, or vice versa may improve connectivity. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/creating-and-managing-repositories/troubleshooting-cloning-errors)." +Switching from cloning via SSH to cloning via HTTPS, or vice versa may improve connectivity. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/creating-and-managing-repositories/troubleshooting-cloning-errors). -If you prefer to use SSH but the port is blocked, you can use an alternative port. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/authentication/troubleshooting-ssh/using-ssh-over-the-https-port)." +If you prefer to use SSH but the port is blocked, you can use an alternative port. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/authentication/troubleshooting-ssh/using-ssh-over-the-https-port). -If you're encountering timeouts with SSH, see "[AUTOTITLE](/authentication/troubleshooting-ssh/error-bad-file-number)." +If you're encountering timeouts with SSH, see [AUTOTITLE](/authentication/troubleshooting-ssh/error-bad-file-number). ## Troubleshooting slow downloads and intermittent slow connections diff --git a/content/get-started/working-with-subversion-on-github/what-are-the-differences-between-subversion-and-git.md b/content/get-started/working-with-subversion-on-github/what-are-the-differences-between-subversion-and-git.md index 29321c579068..214fbe7edf26 100644 --- a/content/get-started/working-with-subversion-on-github/what-are-the-differences-between-subversion-and-git.md +++ b/content/get-started/working-with-subversion-on-github/what-are-the-differences-between-subversion-and-git.md @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ A _subproject_ is a project that's developed and managed somewhere outside of yo In SVN, a subproject is called an _SVN external_. In Git, it's called a _Git submodule_. Although conceptually similar, Git submodules are not kept up-to-date automatically; you must explicitly ask for a new version to be brought into your project. -For more information, see "[Git Tools Submodules](https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Tools-Submodules)" in the Git documentation. +For more information, see [Git Tools Submodules](https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Tools-Submodules) in the Git documentation. ## Preserving history @@ -63,4 +63,4 @@ SVN is configured to assume that the history of a project never changes. Git all ## Further reading * ["Branching and Merging" from the _Git SCM_ book](https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Branching-Basic-Branching-and-Merging) -* "[AUTOTITLE](/migrations/importing-source-code/using-the-command-line-to-import-source-code/importing-a-subversion-repository)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/migrations/importing-source-code/using-the-command-line-to-import-source-code/importing-a-subversion-repository) diff --git a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/editing-and-sharing-content-with-gists/creating-gists.md b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/editing-and-sharing-content-with-gists/creating-gists.md index 4c838c53bff7..81b8e36567c3 100644 --- a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/editing-and-sharing-content-with-gists/creating-gists.md +++ b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/editing-and-sharing-content-with-gists/creating-gists.md @@ -37,17 +37,17 @@ You'll receive a notification when: * Someone mentions you in a gist. * You subscribe to a gist, by clicking **Subscribe** at the top of any gist. -You can pin gists to your profile so other people can see them easily. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-github-profile/customizing-your-profile/pinning-items-to-your-profile)." +You can pin gists to your profile so other people can see them easily. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-github-profile/customizing-your-profile/pinning-items-to-your-profile). You can discover public gists others have created by going to the {% data variables.gists.gist_homepage %} and clicking **All Gists**. This will take you to a page of all gists sorted and displayed by time of creation or update. You can also search gists by language with {% data variables.gists.gist_search_url %}. {% ifversion ghes %}Gist search uses the same search syntax as [code search](/search-github/searching-on-github/searching-code).{% endif %} -Since gists are Git repositories, you can view their full commit history, complete with diffs. You can also fork or clone gists. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/editing-and-sharing-content-with-gists/forking-and-cloning-gists)." +Since gists are Git repositories, you can view their full commit history, complete with diffs. You can also fork or clone gists. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/editing-and-sharing-content-with-gists/forking-and-cloning-gists). You can download a ZIP file of a gist by clicking the **Download ZIP** button at the top of the gist. You can embed a gist in any text field that supports JavaScript, such as a blog post. To get the embed code, click the clipboard icon next to the **Embed** URL of a gist. To embed a specific gist file, append the **Embed** URL with `?file=FILENAME`. {% ifversion fpt or ghec %} -Gist supports mapping GeoJSON files. These maps are displayed in embedded gists, so you can easily share and embed maps. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/using-files/working-with-non-code-files#mapping-geojson-files-on-github)." +Gist supports mapping GeoJSON files. These maps are displayed in embedded gists, so you can easily share and embed maps. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/using-files/working-with-non-code-files#mapping-geojson-files-on-github). {% endif %} @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Gist supports mapping GeoJSON files. These maps are displayed in embedded gists, Follow the steps below to create a gist. > [!NOTE] -> You can also create a gist using the {% data variables.product.prodname_cli %}. For more information, see "[`gh gist create`](https://cli.github.com/manual/gh_gist_create)" in the {% data variables.product.prodname_cli %} documentation. +> You can also create a gist using the {% data variables.product.prodname_cli %}. For more information, see [`gh gist create`](https://cli.github.com/manual/gh_gist_create) in the {% data variables.product.prodname_cli %} documentation. > > Alternatively, you can drag and drop a text file from your desktop directly into the editor. diff --git a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/editing-and-sharing-content-with-gists/forking-and-cloning-gists.md b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/editing-and-sharing-content-with-gists/forking-and-cloning-gists.md index adde636bcf54..71a6d1f7def9 100644 --- a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/editing-and-sharing-content-with-gists/forking-and-cloning-gists.md +++ b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/editing-and-sharing-content-with-gists/forking-and-cloning-gists.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Each gist indicates which forks have activity, making it easy to find interestin ## Cloning gists -If you want to make local changes to a gist and push them up to the web, you can clone a gist and make commits the same as you would with any Git repository. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/creating-and-managing-repositories/cloning-a-repository)." +If you want to make local changes to a gist and push them up to the web, you can clone a gist and make commits the same as you would with any Git repository. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/creating-and-managing-repositories/cloning-a-repository). To clone a gist, select the Embed dropdown menu, then click **Clone via HTTPS** or **Clone via SSH**. diff --git a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/editing-and-sharing-content-with-gists/saving-gists-with-stars.md b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/editing-and-sharing-content-with-gists/saving-gists-with-stars.md index 60d297ddb7af..2082495f29a6 100644 --- a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/editing-and-sharing-content-with-gists/saving-gists-with-stars.md +++ b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/editing-and-sharing-content-with-gists/saving-gists-with-stars.md @@ -33,4 +33,4 @@ You can see all recently starred gists from other users by going to the {% data ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/saving-repositories-with-stars)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/exploring-projects-on-github/saving-repositories-with-stars) diff --git a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/about-writing-and-formatting-on-github.md b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/about-writing-and-formatting-on-github.md index 40462a2674ca..c73327ecda60 100644 --- a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/about-writing-and-formatting-on-github.md +++ b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/about-writing-and-formatting-on-github.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ shortTitle: About writing & formatting We've added some custom functionality to create {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} Flavored Markdown, used to format prose and code across our site. -You can also interact with other users in pull requests and issues using features like @-mentions, issue and PR references, and emoji. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax)." +You can also interact with other users in pull requests and issues using features like @-mentions, issue and PR references, and emoji. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax). ## Text formatting toolbar @@ -40,6 +40,6 @@ You can enable a fixed-width font in every comment field on {% data variables.pr ## Further reading * [{% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} Flavored Markdown Spec](https://github.github.com/gfm/) -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/quickstart-for-writing-on-github)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax) +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting) +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/quickstart-for-writing-on-github) diff --git a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax.md b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax.md index 9c782c67cccb..ecb2ed638655 100644 --- a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax.md +++ b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax.md @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Quoted text is indented, with a different type color. ![Screenshot of rendered GitHub Markdown showing sample quoted text. The quote is indented with a vertical line on the left, and its text is dark gray rather than black.](/assets/images/help/writing/quoted-text-rendered.png) > [!NOTE] -> When viewing a conversation, you can automatically quote text in a comment by highlighting the text, then typing R. You can quote an entire comment by clicking {% octicon "kebab-horizontal" aria-label="The horizontal kebab icon" %}, then **Quote reply**. For more information about keyboard shortcuts, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/accessibility/keyboard-shortcuts)." +> When viewing a conversation, you can automatically quote text in a comment by highlighting the text, then typing R. You can quote an entire comment by clicking {% octicon "kebab-horizontal" aria-label="The horizontal kebab icon" %}, then **Quote reply**. For more information about keyboard shortcuts, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/accessibility/keyboard-shortcuts). ## Quoting code @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ git commit ![Screenshot of rendered GitHub Markdown showing a code block. The words "git status," "git add," and "git commit" appear in a fixed-width typeface, highlighted in light gray.](/assets/images/help/writing/code-block-rendered.png) -For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-and-highlighting-code-blocks)." +For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-and-highlighting-code-blocks). {% data reusables.user-settings.enabling-fixed-width-fonts %} @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ You can also create a Markdown hyperlink by highlighting the text and using the ![Screenshot of rendered GitHub Markdown showing how text within brackets, "GitHub Pages," appears as a blue hyperlink.](/assets/images/help/writing/link-rendered.png) > [!NOTE] -> {% data variables.product.product_name %} automatically creates links when valid URLs are written in a comment. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/autolinked-references-and-urls)." +> {% data variables.product.product_name %} automatically creates links when valid URLs are written in a comment. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/autolinked-references-and-urls). ## Section links @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ You can display an image by adding ! and wrapping the alt text in `[ ![Screenshot of a comment on a GitHub issue showing an image, added in the Markdown, of an Octocat smiling and raising a tentacle.](/assets/images/help/writing/image-rendered.png) -{% data variables.product.product_name %} supports embedding images into your issues, pull requests{% ifversion fpt or ghec %}, discussions{% endif %}, comments and `.md` files. You can display an image from your repository, add a link to an online image, or upload an image. For more information, see "[Uploading assets](#uploading-assets)." +{% data variables.product.product_name %} supports embedding images into your issues, pull requests{% ifversion fpt or ghec %}, discussions{% endif %}, comments and `.md` files. You can display an image from your repository, add a link to an online image, or upload an image. For more information, see [Uploading assets](#uploading-assets). > [!NOTE] > When you want to display an image that is in your repository, use relative links instead of absolute links. @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ Here are some examples for using relative links to display an image. > [!NOTE] > The last two relative links in the table above will work for images in a private repository only if the viewer has at least read access to the private repository that contains these images. -For more information, see "[Relative Links](#relative-links)." +For more information, see [Relative Links](#relative-links). ### Specifying the theme an image is shown to @@ -309,11 +309,11 @@ If a task list item description begins with a parenthesis, you'll need to escape `- [ ] \(Optional) Open a followup issue` -For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/about-task-lists)." +For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/about-task-lists). ## Mentioning people and teams -You can mention a person or [team](/organizations/organizing-members-into-teams) on {% data variables.product.product_name %} by typing @ plus their username or team name. This will trigger a notification and bring their attention to the conversation. People will also receive a notification if you edit a comment to mention their username or team name. For more information about notifications, see "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/managing-subscriptions-and-notifications-on-github/setting-up-notifications/about-notifications)." +You can mention a person or [team](/organizations/organizing-members-into-teams) on {% data variables.product.product_name %} by typing @ plus their username or team name. This will trigger a notification and bring their attention to the conversation. People will also receive a notification if you edit a comment to mention their username or team name. For more information about notifications, see [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/managing-subscriptions-and-notifications-on-github/setting-up-notifications/about-notifications). > [!NOTE] > A person will only be notified about a mention if the person has read access to the repository and, if the repository is owned by an organization, the person is a member of the organization. @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ You can mention a person or [team](/organizations/organizing-members-into-teams) ![Screenshot of rendered GitHub Markdown showing how the team mention "@github/support" renders as bold, clickable text.](/assets/images/help/writing/mention-rendered.png) -When you mention a parent team, members of its child teams also receive notifications, simplifying communication with multiple groups of people. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/organizations/organizing-members-into-teams/about-teams)." +When you mention a parent team, members of its child teams also receive notifications, simplifying communication with multiple groups of people. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/organizations/organizing-members-into-teams/about-teams). Typing an @ symbol will bring up a list of people or teams on a project. The list filters as you type, so once you find the name of the person or team you are looking for, you can use the arrow keys to select it and press either tab or enter to complete the name. For teams, enter the @organization/team-name and all members of that team will get subscribed to the conversation. @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ The autocomplete results are restricted to repository collaborators and any othe You can bring up a list of suggested issues and pull requests within the repository by typing #. Type the issue or pull request number or title to filter the list, and then press either tab or enter to complete the highlighted result. -For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/autolinked-references-and-urls)." +For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/autolinked-references-and-urls). ## Referencing external resources @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ You can tell {% data variables.product.product_name %} to ignore (or escape) Mar ![Screenshot of rendered GitHub Markdown showing how backslashes prevent the conversion of asterisks to italics. The text reads, "Let's rename our-new-project to our-old-project."](/assets/images/help/writing/escaped-character-rendered.png) -For more information on backslashes, see Daring Fireball's "[Markdown Syntax](https://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/syntax#backslash)." +For more information on backslashes, see Daring Fireball's [Markdown Syntax](https://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/syntax#backslash). > [!NOTE] > The Markdown formatting will not be ignored in the title of an issue or a pull request. @@ -440,6 +440,6 @@ For more information on backslashes, see Daring Fireball's "[Markdown Syntax](ht ## Further reading * [{% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} Flavored Markdown Spec](https://github.github.com/gfm/) -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/about-writing-and-formatting-on-github)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/quickstart-for-writing-on-github)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/about-writing-and-formatting-on-github) +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting) +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/quickstart-for-writing-on-github) diff --git a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/quickstart-for-writing-on-github.md b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/quickstart-for-writing-on-github.md index 17cf6ab72df7..b117e27f06fb 100644 --- a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/quickstart-for-writing-on-github.md +++ b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/quickstart-for-writing-on-github.md @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ shortTitle: Quickstart {% data reusables.getting-started.what-is-markdown %} You can use Markdown syntax, along with some additional HTML tags, to format your writing on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}, in places like repository READMEs and comments on pull requests and issues. In this guide, you'll learn some advanced formatting features by creating or editing a README for your {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} profile. -If you're new to Markdown, you might want to start with "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax)" or the [Communicate using Markdown](https://github.com/skills/communicate-using-markdown) {% data variables.product.prodname_learning %} course. +If you're new to Markdown, you might want to start with [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax) or the [Communicate using Markdown](https://github.com/skills/communicate-using-markdown) {% data variables.product.prodname_learning %} course. -If you already have a profile README, you can follow this guide by adding some features to your existing README, or by creating a gist with a Markdown file called something like `about-me.md`. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/editing-and-sharing-content-with-gists/creating-gists)." +If you already have a profile README, you can follow this guide by adding some features to your existing README, or by creating a gist with a Markdown file called something like `about-me.md`. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/editing-and-sharing-content-with-gists/creating-gists). ## Creating or editing your profile README @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Your profile README lets you share information about yourself with the community If you don't already have a profile README, you can add one. -1. Create a repository with the same name as your {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} username, initializing the repository with a `README.md` file. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-github-profile/customizing-your-profile/managing-your-profile-readme#adding-a-profile-readme)." +1. Create a repository with the same name as your {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} username, initializing the repository with a `README.md` file. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/account-and-profile/setting-up-and-managing-your-github-profile/customizing-your-profile/managing-your-profile-readme#adding-a-profile-readme). 1. Edit the `README.md` file and delete the template text (beginning `### Hi there`) that is automatically added when you create the file. If you already have a profile README, you can edit it from your profile page. @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ If you already have a profile README, you can edit it from your profile page. You can include images in your communication on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}. Here, you'll add a responsive image, such as a banner, to the top of your profile README. -By using the HTML `` element with the `prefers-color-scheme` media feature, you can add an image that changes depending on whether a visitor is using light or dark mode. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/accessibility/managing-your-theme-settings)." +By using the HTML `` element with the `prefers-color-scheme` media feature, you can add an image that changes depending on whether a visitor is using light or dark mode. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/accessibility/managing-your-theme-settings). 1. Copy and paste the following markup into your `README.md` file. @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ By using the HTML `` element with the `prefers-color-scheme` media feat 1. To make the image accessible for visitors who are using a screen reader, replace `YOUR-ALT-TEXT` with a description of the image. 1. To check the image has rendered correctly, click the **Preview** tab. -For more information on using images in Markdown, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax#images)." +For more information on using images in Markdown, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax#images). ### Example of a responsive image @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ You can use Markdown tables to organize information. Here, you'll use a table to 1. In the column on the right, replace `THING-TO-RANK` with "Languages," "Hobbies," or anything else, and fill in the column with your list of things. 1. To check the table has rendered correctly, click the **Preview** tab. -For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/organizing-information-with-tables)." +For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/organizing-information-with-tables). ### Example of a table @@ -215,5 +215,5 @@ Committing directly to the `main` branch will make your changes visible to any v ## Next steps -* Continue to learn about advanced formatting features. For example, see {% ifversion fpt or ghec %}"[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-diagrams)" and {% endif %}"[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-and-highlighting-code-blocks)." -* Use your new skills as you communicate across GitHub, in issues, pull requests, and discussions. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/communicating-on-github)." +* Continue to learn about advanced formatting features. For example, see {% ifversion fpt or ghec %}[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-diagrams) and {% endif %}[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-and-highlighting-code-blocks). +* Use your new skills as you communicate across GitHub, in issues, pull requests, and discussions. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/using-github/communicating-on-github). diff --git a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/about-task-lists.md b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/about-task-lists.md index 4adfdd82e73d..1ad7172042c6 100644 --- a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/about-task-lists.md +++ b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/about-task-lists.md @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ If you add a task list to the body of an issue, the list has added functionality * To help you track your team's work on an issue, the progress of an issue's task list appears in various places on {% data variables.product.product_name %}, such as a repository's list of issues. * If a task references another issue and someone closes that issue, the task's checkbox will automatically be marked as complete. -* If a task requires further tracking or discussion, you can convert the task to an issue by hovering over the task and clicking {% octicon "issue-opened" aria-label="The issue opened icon" %} in the upper-right corner of the task. To add more details before creating the issue, you can use keyboard shortcuts to open the new issue form. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/accessibility/keyboard-shortcuts#issues-and-pull-requests)." +* If a task requires further tracking or discussion, you can convert the task to an issue by hovering over the task and clicking {% octicon "issue-opened" aria-label="The issue opened icon" %} in the upper-right corner of the task. To add more details before creating the issue, you can use keyboard shortcuts to open the new issue form. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/accessibility/keyboard-shortcuts#issues-and-pull-requests). * Any issues referenced in the task list will specify that they are tracked in the referencing issue. ![Screenshot of a {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} issue showing a task list under the header "Features." Some items are checked as done, others unchecked as undone. Three list items link to other {% data variables.product.prodname_github_issues %}.](/assets/images/help/writing/task-list-rendered.png) @@ -75,4 +75,4 @@ Any issues that are referenced in a task list specify that they are tracked by t ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/code-security/code-scanning/managing-code-scanning-alerts/tracking-code-scanning-alerts-in-issues-using-task-lists)"{% endif %} +* [AUTOTITLE](/code-security/code-scanning/managing-code-scanning-alerts/tracking-code-scanning-alerts-in-issues-using-task-lists){% endif %} diff --git a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/attaching-files.md b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/attaching-files.md index e689fa955bc5..3c6180d54ec9 100644 --- a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/attaching-files.md +++ b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/attaching-files.md @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ To attach a file to an issue or pull request conversation, drag and drop it into {% endif %} -When you attach a file, it is uploaded immediately to {% data variables.product.product_name %} and the text field is updated to show the anonymized URL for the file. {% ifversion fpt or ghec %}For more information on anonymized URLs see "[AUTOTITLE](/authentication/keeping-your-account-and-data-secure/about-anonymized-urls)."{% endif %} +When you attach a file, it is uploaded immediately to {% data variables.product.product_name %} and the text field is updated to show the anonymized URL for the file. {% ifversion fpt or ghec %}For more information on anonymized URLs see [AUTOTITLE](/authentication/keeping-your-account-and-data-secure/about-anonymized-urls).{% endif %} > [!NOTE] > In many browsers, you can copy-and-paste images directly into the box. diff --git a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/autolinked-references-and-urls.md b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/autolinked-references-and-urls.md index d094e5f5799a..917517952457 100644 --- a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/autolinked-references-and-urls.md +++ b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/autolinked-references-and-urls.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ shortTitle: Auto linked references ![Screenshot of rendered {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} Markdown showing how a URL beginning with "http" becomes as a blue clickable link. The text reads, "Visit https://github.com."](/assets/images/help/writing/url-autolink-rendered.png) -For more information on creating links, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax#links)." +For more information on creating links, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax#links). ## Issues and pull requests @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Within conversations on {% data variables.product.product_name %}, references to | `Organization_name/Repository#` and issue or pull request number | github-linguist/linguist#4039 | [github-linguist/linguist#4039](https://github.com/github-linguist/linguist/pull/4039) {% ifversion fpt or ghec %} -If you reference an issue, pull request, or discussion in a list, the reference will unfurl to show the title and state instead. For more information about task lists, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/about-task-lists)." +If you reference an issue, pull request, or discussion in a list, the reference will unfurl to show the title and state instead. For more information about task lists, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/about-task-lists). {% endif %} ## Labels @@ -75,4 +75,4 @@ When referencing a commit from a private repository inside of a commit message, ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax) diff --git a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-a-permanent-link-to-a-code-snippet.md b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-a-permanent-link-to-a-code-snippet.md index 92bd06be12e2..0907ce36a820 100644 --- a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-a-permanent-link-to-a-code-snippet.md +++ b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-a-permanent-link-to-a-code-snippet.md @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ This type of permanent link will render as a code snippet only in the repository ![Screenshot of an issue comment. A code snippet has a header that lists the file name and line numbers, and a body that lists the code on those lines.](/assets/images/help/repository/rendered-code-snippet.png) > [!TIP] -> To create a permalink for an entire file, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/using-files/getting-permanent-links-to-files)." +> To create a permalink for an entire file, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/using-files/getting-permanent-links-to-files). {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} 1. Locate the code you'd like to link to: @@ -44,5 +44,5 @@ You can link to a specific line in the Markdown file the same way you can in cod ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/creating-an-issue)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/reviewing-changes-in-pull-requests)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/creating-an-issue) +* [AUTOTITLE](/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/reviewing-changes-in-pull-requests) diff --git a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-and-highlighting-code-blocks.md b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-and-highlighting-code-blocks.md index abb317d61851..7cb074b04c0d 100644 --- a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-and-highlighting-code-blocks.md +++ b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-and-highlighting-code-blocks.md @@ -70,9 +70,9 @@ We use [Linguist](https://github.com/github-linguist/linguist) to perform langua ## Creating diagrams -You can also use code blocks to create diagrams in Markdown. GitHub supports Mermaid, GeoJSON, TopoJSON, and ASCII STL syntax. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-diagrams)." +You can also use code blocks to create diagrams in Markdown. GitHub supports Mermaid, GeoJSON, TopoJSON, and ASCII STL syntax. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-diagrams). ## Further reading * [{% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} Flavored Markdown Spec](https://github.github.com/gfm/) -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax) diff --git a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-diagrams.md b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-diagrams.md index 99c7284c936b..9fe4250cf5f5 100644 --- a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-diagrams.md +++ b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-diagrams.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ You can create diagrams in Markdown using four different syntaxes: mermaid, geoJ Mermaid is a Markdown-inspired tool that renders text into diagrams. For example, Mermaid can render flow charts, sequence diagrams, pie charts and more. For more information, see the [Mermaid documentation](https://mermaid-js.github.io/mermaid/#/). -To create a Mermaid diagram, add Mermaid syntax inside a fenced code block with the `mermaid` language identifier. For more information about creating code blocks, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-and-highlighting-code-blocks)." +To create a Mermaid diagram, add Mermaid syntax inside a fenced code block with the `mermaid` language identifier. For more information about creating code blocks, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-and-highlighting-code-blocks). For example, you can create a flow chart by specifying values and arrows. @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ To ensure {% data variables.product.company_short %} supports your Mermaid synta ## Creating GeoJSON and TopoJSON maps -You can use GeoJSON or TopoJSON syntax to create interactive maps. To create a map, add GeoJSON or TopoJSON inside a fenced code block with the `geojson` or `topojson` syntax identifier. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-and-highlighting-code-blocks)." +You can use GeoJSON or TopoJSON syntax to create interactive maps. To create a map, add GeoJSON or TopoJSON inside a fenced code block with the `geojson` or `topojson` syntax identifier. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-and-highlighting-code-blocks). {% ifversion ghec %} @@ -136,11 +136,11 @@ For example, you can create a TopoJSON map by specifying coordinates and shapes. ![Screenshot of a rendered TopoJSON map of parts of Indonesia, Singapore, and Malaysia with a blue point, a purple rectangular overlay, and blue zigzag lines.](/assets/images/help/writing/fenced-topojson-rendered-map.png) -For more information on working with `.geojson` and `.topojson` files, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/using-files/working-with-non-code-files#mapping-geojson-files-on-github)." +For more information on working with `.geojson` and `.topojson` files, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/using-files/working-with-non-code-files#mapping-geojson-files-on-github). ## Creating STL 3D models -You can use ASCII STL syntax directly in markdown to create interactive 3D models. To display a model, add ASCII STL syntax inside a fenced code block with the `stl` syntax identifier. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-and-highlighting-code-blocks)." +You can use ASCII STL syntax directly in markdown to create interactive 3D models. To display a model, add ASCII STL syntax inside a fenced code block with the `stl` syntax identifier. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-and-highlighting-code-blocks). For example, you can create a simple 3D model: @@ -181,4 +181,4 @@ endsolid ![Screenshot of a 3D model of a blue pyramid atop a grid of black lines on a white ground. Options to select "Wireframe", "Surface Angle", or "Solid" appear at bottom.](/assets/images/help/writing/fenced-stl-rendered-object.png) -For more information on working with `.stl` files, see "[AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/using-files/working-with-non-code-files#3d-file-viewer)." +For more information on working with `.stl` files, see [AUTOTITLE](/repositories/working-with-files/using-files/working-with-non-code-files#3d-file-viewer). diff --git a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/organizing-information-with-collapsed-sections.md b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/organizing-information-with-collapsed-sections.md index e6e3274ce397..ced45526e5ba 100644 --- a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/organizing-information-with-collapsed-sections.md +++ b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/organizing-information-with-collapsed-sections.md @@ -53,4 +53,4 @@ Optionally, to make the section display as open by default, add the `open` attri ## Further reading * [{% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} Flavored Markdown Spec](https://github.github.com/gfm/) -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax) diff --git a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/organizing-information-with-tables.md b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/organizing-information-with-tables.md index cb0fe8b2b9ce..cd75dc6557af 100644 --- a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/organizing-information-with-tables.md +++ b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/organizing-information-with-tables.md @@ -79,4 +79,4 @@ To include a pipe `|` as content within your cell, use a `\` before the pipe: ## Further reading * [{% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} Flavored Markdown Spec](https://github.github.com/gfm/) -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax) diff --git a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/using-keywords-in-issues-and-pull-requests.md b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/using-keywords-in-issues-and-pull-requests.md index 8fcfb73d250b..faa2bf3d5355 100644 --- a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/using-keywords-in-issues-and-pull-requests.md +++ b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/using-keywords-in-issues-and-pull-requests.md @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ To link a pull request to an issue to show that a fix is in progress and to auto * resolves * resolved -For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/linking-a-pull-request-to-an-issue)." +For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/linking-a-pull-request-to-an-issue). ## Marking an issue or pull request as a duplicate -To mark an issue or pull request as a duplicate, type "Duplicate of" followed by the issue or pull request number it duplicates in the body of a new comment. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/marking-issues-or-pull-requests-as-a-duplicate)." +To mark an issue or pull request as a duplicate, type "Duplicate of" followed by the issue or pull request number it duplicates in the body of a new comment. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/issues/tracking-your-work-with-issues/marking-issues-or-pull-requests-as-a-duplicate). diff --git a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/writing-mathematical-expressions.md b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/writing-mathematical-expressions.md index f792a8454bae..b7115431f9f8 100644 --- a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/writing-mathematical-expressions.md +++ b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/writing-mathematical-expressions.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Mathematical expressions rendering is available in {% data variables.product.pro ## Writing inline expressions {% ifversion math-backtick-syntax %} -There are two options for delimiting a math expression inline with your text. You can either surround the expression with dollar symbols (`$`), or start the expression with $\` and end it with \`$. The latter syntax is useful when the expression you are writing contains characters that overlap with markdown syntax. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax)." +There are two options for delimiting a math expression inline with your text. You can either surround the expression with dollar symbols (`$`), or start the expression with $\` and end it with \`$. The latter syntax is useful when the expression you are writing contains characters that overlap with markdown syntax. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax). {% else %} To include a math expression inline within your text, delimit the expression with dollar symbols `$`. {% endif %} diff --git a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/about-saved-replies.md b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/about-saved-replies.md index 39e4353c256b..ac2f9faade6e 100644 --- a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/about-saved-replies.md +++ b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/about-saved-replies.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ You can also use the {% data variables.product.product_name %}-provided "Duplica ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/creating-a-saved-reply)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/using-saved-replies)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/editing-a-saved-reply)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/deleting-a-saved-reply)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/creating-a-saved-reply) +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/using-saved-replies) +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/editing-a-saved-reply) +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/deleting-a-saved-reply) diff --git a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/creating-a-saved-reply.md b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/creating-a-saved-reply.md index c9ab60f1a0ee..ee0d7968c378 100644 --- a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/creating-a-saved-reply.md +++ b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/creating-a-saved-reply.md @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ versions: {% data reusables.user-settings.access_settings %} {% data reusables.user-settings.saved_replies %} 1. Under "Add a saved reply", add a title for your saved reply. -1. In the "Write" field, add the content you'd like to use for the saved reply. For information on using Markdown, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax)." +1. In the "Write" field, add the content you'd like to use for the saved reply. For information on using Markdown, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax). ![Screenshot of a {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} saved reply titled "Squirrel ship" showing Markdown in the "Write" box. The text reads, "This looks great. :shipit: it!"](/assets/images/help/writing/saved-replies-settings-adding.png) 1. To review your reply, click **Preview**. ![Screenshot of a GitHub saved reply titled "Squirrel ship" showing rendered Markdown in the "Preview" box. The text reads, "This looks great. :shipit: it!"](/assets/images/help/writing/saved-replies-preview.png) @@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ versions: ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/using-saved-replies)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/editing-a-saved-reply)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/deleting-a-saved-reply)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/using-saved-replies) +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/editing-a-saved-reply) +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/deleting-a-saved-reply) diff --git a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/editing-a-saved-reply.md b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/editing-a-saved-reply.md index d166c5ae7f58..604badcf6201 100644 --- a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/editing-a-saved-reply.md +++ b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/editing-a-saved-reply.md @@ -20,6 +20,6 @@ versions: ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/creating-a-saved-reply)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/deleting-a-saved-reply)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/using-saved-replies)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/creating-a-saved-reply) +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/deleting-a-saved-reply) +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/using-saved-replies) diff --git a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/using-saved-replies.md b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/using-saved-replies.md index ed481a5e53c1..0eedd369c62b 100644 --- a/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/using-saved-replies.md +++ b/content/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/using-saved-replies.md @@ -19,11 +19,11 @@ versions: 1. Select **Comment** to add your comment. > [!TIP] -> * You can use a keyboard shortcut to autofill the comment with a saved reply. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/accessibility/keyboard-shortcuts#comments)." +> * You can use a keyboard shortcut to autofill the comment with a saved reply. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/accessibility/keyboard-shortcuts#comments). > * You can filter the list by typing the title of the saved reply. ## Further reading -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/creating-a-saved-reply)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/editing-a-saved-reply)" -* "[AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/deleting-a-saved-reply)" +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/creating-a-saved-reply) +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/editing-a-saved-reply) +* [AUTOTITLE](/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-saved-replies/deleting-a-saved-reply) diff --git a/content/github-models/integrating-ai-models-into-your-development-workflow.md b/content/github-models/integrating-ai-models-into-your-development-workflow.md index 9d15d759228e..bdd4a73ffa3b 100644 --- a/content/github-models/integrating-ai-models-into-your-development-workflow.md +++ b/content/github-models/integrating-ai-models-into-your-development-workflow.md @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ With {% data variables.product.prodname_github_models %} extensions, you can cal ## Using AI models in {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_chat_short %} If you have a {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_short %} subscription, you can work with AI models in {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_chat_short %} in two different ways: -* Using the {% data variables.product.prodname_github_models %} {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_extension_short %}. With this extension, you can ask for model recommendations based on certain criteria and chat with specific models. See "[Using the {% data variables.product.prodname_github_models %} {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_extension_short %}](#using-the-github-models-copilot-extension)." -* Using multiple model support in {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_chat_short %}. With multi-model {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_chat_short %}, you can choose a specific model to use for a conversation, then prompt {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_chat_short %} as usual. See "[AUTOTITLE](/copilot/using-github-copilot/asking-github-copilot-questions-in-githubcom#ai-models-for-copilot-chat)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/copilot/using-github-copilot/asking-github-copilot-questions-in-your-ide#ai-models-for-copilot-chat)." +* Using the {% data variables.product.prodname_github_models %} {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_extension_short %}. With this extension, you can ask for model recommendations based on certain criteria and chat with specific models. See [Using the {% data variables.product.prodname_github_models %} {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_extension_short %}](#using-the-github-models-copilot-extension). +* Using multiple model support in {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_chat_short %}. With multi-model {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_chat_short %}, you can choose a specific model to use for a conversation, then prompt {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_chat_short %} as usual. See [AUTOTITLE](/copilot/using-github-copilot/asking-github-copilot-questions-in-githubcom#ai-models-for-copilot-chat) and [AUTOTITLE](/copilot/using-github-copilot/asking-github-copilot-questions-in-your-ide#ai-models-for-copilot-chat). ### Using the {% data variables.product.prodname_github_models %} {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_extension_short %} @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ If you have a {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_short %} subscription, * An organization owner or enterprise owner needs to enable the {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_extensions_short %} policy for your organization or enterprise. * An organization owner needs to install the extension for your organization. -1. Open any implementation of {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_chat_short %} that supports {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_extensions %}. For a list of supported {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_chat_short %} implementations, see "[AUTOTITLE](/copilot/using-github-copilot/using-extensions-to-integrate-external-tools-with-copilot-chat#supported-clients-and-ides)." +1. Open any implementation of {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_chat_short %} that supports {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_extensions %}. For a list of supported {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_chat_short %} implementations, see [AUTOTITLE](/copilot/using-github-copilot/using-extensions-to-integrate-external-tools-with-copilot-chat#supported-clients-and-ides). 1. In the chat window, type `@models YOUR-PROMPT`, then send your prompt. There are several use cases for the {% data variables.product.prodname_github_models %} {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_extension_short %}, including: * Recommending a particular model based on context and criteria you provide. For example, you can ask for a low-cost OpenAI model that supports function calling. * Executing prompts using a particular model. This is especially useful when you want to use a model that is not currently available in multi-model {% data variables.product.prodname_copilot_chat_short %}. diff --git a/content/github-models/prototyping-with-ai-models.md b/content/github-models/prototyping-with-ai-models.md index af5dd0df2810..a8c783a5b8e0 100644 --- a/content/github-models/prototyping-with-ai-models.md +++ b/content/github-models/prototyping-with-ai-models.md @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ versions: If you want to develop a generative AI application, you can use {% data variables.product.prodname_github_models %} to find and experiment with AI models for free. Once you are ready to bring your application to production, you can switch to a token from a paid Azure account. See the [Azure AI](https://aka.ms/azureai/github-models) documentation. -See also "[AUTOTITLE](/github-models/responsible-use-of-github-models)." +See also [AUTOTITLE](/github-models/responsible-use-of-github-models). ## Finding AI models @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ The steps to use each model are similar. In general, you will need to: 1. Either open a codespace, or set up your local environment: * To run in a codespace, click **{% octicon "codespaces" aria-hidden="true" %} Run codespace**, then click **Create new codespace**. * To run locally: - * Create a {% data variables.product.company_short %} {% data variables.product.pat_generic %}. The token should not have any scopes or permissions. See "[AUTOTITLE](/authentication/keeping-your-account-and-data-secure/managing-your-personal-access-tokens)." + * Create a {% data variables.product.company_short %} {% data variables.product.pat_generic %}. The token should not have any scopes or permissions. See [AUTOTITLE](/authentication/keeping-your-account-and-data-secure/managing-your-personal-access-tokens). * Save your token as an environment variable. * Install the dependencies for the SDK, if required. 1. Use the example code to make a request to the model. diff --git a/content/graphql/guides/forming-calls-with-graphql.md b/content/graphql/guides/forming-calls-with-graphql.md index 02a0fb99d0fa..223cbeb2b178 100644 --- a/content/graphql/guides/forming-calls-with-graphql.md +++ b/content/graphql/guides/forming-calls-with-graphql.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ You can authenticate to the GraphQL API using a {% data variables.product.pat_ge ### Authenticating with a {% data variables.product.pat_generic %} -To authenticate with a {% data variables.product.pat_generic %}, follow the steps in "[AUTOTITLE](/authentication/keeping-your-account-and-data-secure/creating-a-personal-access-token)." The data that you are requesting will dictate which scopes or permissions you will need. +To authenticate with a {% data variables.product.pat_generic %}, follow the steps in [AUTOTITLE](/authentication/keeping-your-account-and-data-secure/creating-a-personal-access-token). The data that you are requesting will dictate which scopes or permissions you will need. For example, select the "issues:read" permission to read all of the issues in the repositories your token has access to. @@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ If your token does not have the required scopes or permissions to access a resou ### Authenticating with a {% data variables.product.prodname_github_app %} -If you want to use the API on behalf of an organization or another user, {% data variables.product.company_short %} recommends that you use a {% data variables.product.prodname_github_app %}. In order to attribute activity to your app, you can make your app authenticate as an app installation. In order to attribute app activity to a user, you can make your app authenticate on behalf of a user. In both cases, you will generate a token that you can use to authenticate to the GraphQL API. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/apps/creating-github-apps/setting-up-a-github-app/creating-a-github-app)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/apps/creating-github-apps/authenticating-with-a-github-app/about-authentication-with-a-github-app)." +If you want to use the API on behalf of an organization or another user, {% data variables.product.company_short %} recommends that you use a {% data variables.product.prodname_github_app %}. In order to attribute activity to your app, you can make your app authenticate as an app installation. In order to attribute app activity to a user, you can make your app authenticate on behalf of a user. In both cases, you will generate a token that you can use to authenticate to the GraphQL API. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/apps/creating-github-apps/setting-up-a-github-app/creating-a-github-app) and [AUTOTITLE](/apps/creating-github-apps/authenticating-with-a-github-app/about-authentication-with-a-github-app). ### Authenticating with a {% data variables.product.prodname_oauth_app %} -To authenticate with an OAuth token from an {% data variables.product.prodname_oauth_app %}, you must first authorize your {% data variables.product.prodname_oauth_app %} using either a web application flow or device flow. Then, you can use the access token that you received to access the API. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/apps/oauth-apps/building-oauth-apps/creating-an-oauth-app)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/apps/oauth-apps/building-oauth-apps/authorizing-oauth-apps)." +To authenticate with an OAuth token from an {% data variables.product.prodname_oauth_app %}, you must first authorize your {% data variables.product.prodname_oauth_app %} using either a web application flow or device flow. Then, you can use the access token that you received to access the API. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/apps/oauth-apps/building-oauth-apps/creating-an-oauth-app) and [AUTOTITLE](/apps/oauth-apps/building-oauth-apps/authorizing-oauth-apps). ## The GraphQL endpoint @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ If you access {% data variables.product.github %} at a different domain, such as Because GraphQL operations consist of multiline JSON, GitHub recommends using the [Explorer](/graphql/guides/using-the-explorer) to make GraphQL calls. You can also use `curl` or any other HTTP-speaking library. -In REST, [HTTP verbs](/rest#http-verbs) determine the operation performed. In GraphQL, you'll provide a JSON-encoded body whether you're performing a query or a mutation, so the HTTP verb is `POST`. The exception is an [introspection query](/graphql/guides/introduction-to-graphql#discovering-the-graphql-api), which is a simple `GET` to the endpoint. For more information on GraphQL versus REST, see "[AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/migrating-from-rest-to-graphql)." +In REST, [HTTP verbs](/rest#http-verbs) determine the operation performed. In GraphQL, you'll provide a JSON-encoded body whether you're performing a query or a mutation, so the HTTP verb is `POST`. The exception is an [introspection query](/graphql/guides/introduction-to-graphql#discovering-the-graphql-api), which is a simple `GET` to the endpoint. For more information on GraphQL versus REST, see [AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/migrating-from-rest-to-graphql). To query GraphQL in a `curl` command, make a `POST` request with a JSON payload. The payload must contain a string called `query`: @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ curl -H "Authorization: bearer TOKEN" -X POST -d " \ The two types of allowed operations in GitHub's GraphQL API are _queries_ and _mutations_. Comparing GraphQL to REST, queries operate like `GET` requests, while mutations operate like `POST`/`PATCH`/`DELETE`. The [mutation name](/graphql/reference/mutations) determines which modification is executed. -For information about rate limiting, see "[AUTOTITLE](/graphql/overview/resource-limitations)." +For information about rate limiting, see [AUTOTITLE](/graphql/overview/resource-limitations). Queries and mutations share similar forms, with some important differences. @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ Queries are structured like this: JSON-OBJECT-TO-RETURN } -For a real-world example, see "[Example query](#example-query)." +For a real-world example, see [Example query](#example-query). ### About mutations @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ The input object in this example is `MutationNameInput`, and the payload object In the [mutations](/graphql/reference/mutations) reference, the listed _input fields_ are what you pass as the input object. The listed _return fields_ are what you pass as the payload object. -For a real-world example, see "[Example mutation](#example-mutation)." +For a real-world example, see [Example mutation](#example-mutation). ## Working with variables diff --git a/content/graphql/guides/introduction-to-graphql.md b/content/graphql/guides/introduction-to-graphql.md index 349ba9ea73ea..c28496a530c0 100644 --- a/content/graphql/guides/introduction-to-graphql.md +++ b/content/graphql/guides/introduction-to-graphql.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ The GitHub GraphQL API represents an architectural and conceptual shift from the ## Schema -A schema defines a GraphQL API's type system. It describes the complete set of possible data (objects, fields, relationships, everything) that a client can access. Calls from the client are [validated](https://graphql.org/learn/validation/) and [executed](https://graphql.org/learn/execution/) against the schema. A client can find information about the schema via [introspection](#discovering-the-graphql-api). A schema resides on the GraphQL API server. For more information, see "[Discovering the GraphQL API](#discovering-the-graphql-api)." +A schema defines a GraphQL API's type system. It describes the complete set of possible data (objects, fields, relationships, everything) that a client can access. Calls from the client are [validated](https://graphql.org/learn/validation/) and [executed](https://graphql.org/learn/execution/) against the schema. A client can find information about the schema via [introspection](#discovering-the-graphql-api). A schema resides on the GraphQL API server. For more information, see [Discovering the GraphQL API](#discovering-the-graphql-api). ## Field @@ -64,17 +64,17 @@ In the reference docs, you'll find that: ## Connection -Connections let you query related objects as part of the same call. With connections, you can use a single GraphQL call where you would have to use multiple calls to a REST API. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/migrating-from-rest-to-graphql)." +Connections let you query related objects as part of the same call. With connections, you can use a single GraphQL call where you would have to use multiple calls to a REST API. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/migrating-from-rest-to-graphql). It's helpful to picture a graph: dots connected by lines. The dots are nodes, the lines are edges. A connection defines a relationship between nodes. ## Edge -Edges represent connections between nodes. When you query a connection, you traverse its edges to get to its nodes. Every `edges` field has a `node` field and a `cursor` field. Cursors are used for pagination. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/using-pagination-in-the-graphql-api)." +Edges represent connections between nodes. When you query a connection, you traverse its edges to get to its nodes. Every `edges` field has a `node` field and a `cursor` field. Cursors are used for pagination. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/using-pagination-in-the-graphql-api). ## Node -_Node_ is a generic term for an object. You can look up a node directly, or you can access related nodes via a connection. If you specify a `node` that does not return a [scalar](/graphql/reference/scalars), you must include subfields until all fields return scalars. For information on accessing node IDs via the REST API and using them in GraphQL queries, see "[AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/using-global-node-ids)." +_Node_ is a generic term for an object. You can look up a node directly, or you can access related nodes via a connection. If you specify a `node` that does not return a [scalar](/graphql/reference/scalars), you must include subfields until all fields return scalars. For information on accessing node IDs via the REST API and using them in GraphQL queries, see [AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/using-global-node-ids). ## Discovering the GraphQL API @@ -133,4 +133,4 @@ GraphQL is [introspective](https://graphql.org/learn/introspection/). This means > [!NOTE] > The introspection query is probably the only `GET` request you'll run in GraphQL. If you're passing a body, the GraphQL request method is `POST`, whether it's a query or a mutation. - For more information about performing queries, see "[AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/forming-calls-with-graphql)." + For more information about performing queries, see [AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/forming-calls-with-graphql). diff --git a/content/graphql/guides/managing-enterprise-accounts.md b/content/graphql/guides/managing-enterprise-accounts.md index 711af82aeb65..35007d1d2056 100644 --- a/content/graphql/guides/managing-enterprise-accounts.md +++ b/content/graphql/guides/managing-enterprise-accounts.md @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ With the Audit Log API, you can monitor when someone: * Promotes users to admin. * Changes permissions of a GitHub App. -The Audit Log API enables you to keep copies of your audit log data. For queries made with the Audit Log API, the GraphQL response can include data for up to 90 to 120 days. For a list of the fields available with the Audit Log API, see the "[AUTOTITLE](/graphql/reference/interfaces#auditentry/)." +The Audit Log API enables you to keep copies of your audit log data. For queries made with the Audit Log API, the GraphQL response can include data for up to 90 to 120 days. For a list of the fields available with the Audit Log API, see the [AUTOTITLE](/graphql/reference/interfaces#auditentry/). With the Enterprise Accounts API, you can: * List and review all of the organizations and repositories that belong to your enterprise account. @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ With the Enterprise Accounts API, you can: * Invite administrators to your enterprise account. * Create new organizations in your enterprise account. -For a list of the fields available with the Enterprise Accounts API, see "[AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/managing-enterprise-accounts#graphql-fields-and-types-for-the-enterprise-accounts-api)." +For a list of the fields available with the Enterprise Accounts API, see [AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/managing-enterprise-accounts#graphql-fields-and-types-for-the-enterprise-accounts-api). ## Getting started using GraphQL for enterprise accounts @@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ Follow these steps to get started using GraphQL to manage your enterprise accoun * Choosing a GraphQL client or using the GraphQL Explorer * Setting up Insomnia to use the GraphQL API -For some example queries, see "[An example query using the Enterprise Accounts API](#an-example-query-using-the-enterprise-accounts-api)." +For some example queries, see [An example query using the Enterprise Accounts API](#an-example-query-using-the-enterprise-accounts-api). ### 1. Authenticate with your {% data variables.product.pat_generic %} -1. To authenticate with GraphQL, you need to generate a {% data variables.product.pat_generic %} from developer settings. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/authentication/keeping-your-account-and-data-secure/creating-a-personal-access-token)." +1. To authenticate with GraphQL, you need to generate a {% data variables.product.pat_generic %} from developer settings. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/authentication/keeping-your-account-and-data-secure/creating-a-personal-access-token). 1. Grant admin and full control permissions to your {% data variables.product.pat_generic %} for areas of your enterprise you'd like to access. For full permission to private repositories, organizations, teams, user data, and access to enterprise billing and profile data, we recommend you select these scopes for your {% data variables.product.pat_generic %}: * `repo` @@ -199,11 +199,11 @@ This GraphQL query requests the last 5 log entries for an enterprise organizatio } ``` -For more information about getting started with GraphQL, see "[AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/introduction-to-graphql)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/forming-calls-with-graphql)." +For more information about getting started with GraphQL, see [AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/introduction-to-graphql) and [AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/forming-calls-with-graphql). ## GraphQL fields and types for the Enterprise Accounts API For more details about the new queries, mutations, and schema defined types available for use with the Enterprise Accounts API, see the sidebar with detailed GraphQL definitions from any [GraphQL reference page](/graphql). -You can access the reference docs from within the GraphQL explorer on GitHub. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/using-the-explorer#accessing-the-sidebar-docs)." +You can access the reference docs from within the GraphQL explorer on GitHub. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/using-the-explorer#accessing-the-sidebar-docs). For other information, such as authentication and rate limit details, check out the [guides](/graphql/guides). diff --git a/content/graphql/guides/migrating-from-rest-to-graphql.md b/content/graphql/guides/migrating-from-rest-to-graphql.md index 54a3d16440c1..be42b1f3d39a 100644 --- a/content/graphql/guides/migrating-from-rest-to-graphql.md +++ b/content/graphql/guides/migrating-from-rest-to-graphql.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ shortTitle: Migrate from REST to GraphQL ## Differences in API logic -{% data variables.product.company_short %} provides two APIs: a REST API and a GraphQL API. For more information about {% data variables.product.company_short %}'s APIs, see "[AUTOTITLE](/rest/overview/about-githubs-apis)." +{% data variables.product.company_short %} provides two APIs: a REST API and a GraphQL API. For more information about {% data variables.product.company_short %}'s APIs, see [AUTOTITLE](/rest/overview/about-githubs-apis). Migrating from REST to GraphQL represents a significant shift in API logic. The differences between REST as a style and GraphQL as a specification make it difficult—and often undesirable—to replace REST API calls with GraphQL API queries on a one-to-one basis. We've included specific examples of migration below. diff --git a/content/graphql/guides/migrating-graphql-global-node-ids.md b/content/graphql/guides/migrating-graphql-global-node-ids.md index 935ca3b0da39..f519baf141b9 100644 --- a/content/graphql/guides/migrating-graphql-global-node-ids.md +++ b/content/graphql/guides/migrating-graphql-global-node-ids.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ The {% data variables.product.product_name %} GraphQL API currently supports two By migrating to the new format, you ensure that the response times of your requests remain consistent and small. You also ensure that your application continues to work once the legacy IDs are {% data variables.release-phases.closing_down %}. -To learn more about why the legacy global node ID format will be {% data variables.release-phases.closing_down %}, see "[New global ID format coming to GraphQL](https://github.blog/2021-02-10-new-global-id-format-coming-to-graphql)." +To learn more about why the legacy global node ID format will be {% data variables.release-phases.closing_down %}, see [New global ID format coming to GraphQL](https://github.blog/2021-02-10-new-global-id-format-coming-to-graphql). ## Determining if you need to take action @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Even though the legacy ID `MDQ6VXNlcjM0MDczMDM=` was used in the query, the resp ``` With the `X-Github-Next-Global-ID` header, you can find the new ID format for legacy IDs that you reference in your application. You can then update those references with the ID received in the response. You should update all references to legacy IDs and use the new ID format for any subsequent requests to the API. -To perform bulk operations, you can use aliases to submit multiple node queries in one API call. For more information, see "[the GraphQL docs](https://graphql.org/learn/queries/#aliases)." +To perform bulk operations, you can use aliases to submit multiple node queries in one API call. For more information, see [the GraphQL docs](https://graphql.org/learn/queries/#aliases). You can also get the new ID for a collection of items. For example, if you wanted to get the new ID for the last 10 repositories in your organization, you could use a query like this: diff --git a/content/graphql/guides/using-global-node-ids.md b/content/graphql/guides/using-global-node-ids.md index 26c4fb355485..b9dc89416ad2 100644 --- a/content/graphql/guides/using-global-node-ids.md +++ b/content/graphql/guides/using-global-node-ids.md @@ -11,10 +11,10 @@ topics: - API --- -You can access most objects in GitHub (users, issues, pull requests, etc.) using either the REST API or the GraphQL API. You can find the **global node ID** of many objects from within the REST API and use these IDs in your GraphQL operations. For more information, see "[Preview GraphQL API Node IDs in REST API resources](https://developer.github.com/changes/2017-12-19-graphql-node-id/)." +You can access most objects in GitHub (users, issues, pull requests, etc.) using either the REST API or the GraphQL API. You can find the **global node ID** of many objects from within the REST API and use these IDs in your GraphQL operations. For more information, see [Preview GraphQL API Node IDs in REST API resources](https://developer.github.com/changes/2017-12-19-graphql-node-id/). > [!NOTE] -> In REST, the global node ID field is named `node_id`. In GraphQL, it's an `id` field on the `node` interface. For a refresher on what "node" means in GraphQL, see "[AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/introduction-to-graphql#node)." +> In REST, the global node ID field is named `node_id`. In GraphQL, it's an `id` field on the `node` interface. For a refresher on what "node" means in GraphQL, see [AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/introduction-to-graphql#node). ## Putting global node IDs to use @@ -121,4 +121,4 @@ This type of query is the standard approach for looking up an object by its glob ## Using global node IDs in migrations -When building integrations that use either the REST API or the GraphQL API, it's best practice to persist the global node ID so you can easily reference objects across API versions. For more information on handling the transition between REST and GraphQL, see "[AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/migrating-from-rest-to-graphql)." +When building integrations that use either the REST API or the GraphQL API, it's best practice to persist the global node ID so you can easily reference objects across API versions. For more information on handling the transition between REST and GraphQL, see [AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/migrating-from-rest-to-graphql). diff --git a/content/graphql/guides/using-pagination-in-the-graphql-api.md b/content/graphql/guides/using-pagination-in-the-graphql-api.md index 082984e839ff..c36b34ea077b 100644 --- a/content/graphql/guides/using-pagination-in-the-graphql-api.md +++ b/content/graphql/guides/using-pagination-in-the-graphql-api.md @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ In this example, `pageInfo.startCursor` gives the cursor for the first item on t ## Changing the number of items per page -The `first` and `last` arguments control how many items are returned. The maximum number of items you can fetch using the `first` or `last` argument is 100. You may need to request fewer than 100 items if your query touches a lot of data in order to avoid hitting a rate or node limit. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/graphql/overview/rate-limits-and-node-limits-for-the-graphql-api)." +The `first` and `last` arguments control how many items are returned. The maximum number of items you can fetch using the `first` or `last` argument is 100. You may need to request fewer than 100 items if your query touches a lot of data in order to avoid hitting a rate or node limit. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/graphql/overview/rate-limits-and-node-limits-for-the-graphql-api). ## Traversing the data set using pagination @@ -97,4 +97,4 @@ query($owner: String!, $name: String!) { ## Next steps -You can use {% data variables.product.company_short %}'s Octokit SDK and the `octokit/plugin-paginate-graphql` plugin to support pagination in your scripts. For more information, see "[plugin-paginate-graphql.js](https://github.com/octokit/plugin-paginate-graphql.js)." +You can use {% data variables.product.company_short %}'s Octokit SDK and the `octokit/plugin-paginate-graphql` plugin to support pagination in your scripts. For more information, see [plugin-paginate-graphql.js](https://github.com/octokit/plugin-paginate-graphql.js). diff --git a/content/graphql/guides/using-the-explorer.md b/content/graphql/guides/using-the-explorer.md index 04e3c3fbb0a1..80b1ce9f69c8 100644 --- a/content/graphql/guides/using-the-explorer.md +++ b/content/graphql/guides/using-the-explorer.md @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ You can use query autocompletion to help you build queries. In the main pane, wi All types in a GraphQL schema include a `description` field compiled into documentation. The collapsible **Docs** pane on the right side of the Explorer page allows you to browse documentation about the type system. The docs are automatically updated and will drop fields that are {% data variables.release-phases.closing_down %}. > [!NOTE] -> The **Docs** sidebar contains the same content that is automatically generated from the schema under "[AUTOTITLE](/graphql)," though it is formatted differently in places. +> The **Docs** sidebar contains the same content that is automatically generated from the schema under [AUTOTITLE](/graphql), though it is formatted differently in places. ## Using the variable pane @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ There are many open source GraphQL client IDEs. For example, you can use Altair 1. Select the file public schema that you downloaded in an earlier step. > [!NOTE] -> For more information about why `POST` is the method, see "[AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/forming-calls-with-graphql#communicating-with-graphql)." +> For more information about why `POST` is the method, see [AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/forming-calls-with-graphql#communicating-with-graphql). You can test your access by querying yourself: diff --git a/content/graphql/guides/using-the-graphql-api-for-discussions.md b/content/graphql/guides/using-the-graphql-api-for-discussions.md index 68bd0fca96a9..84f6b55bb60d 100644 --- a/content/graphql/guides/using-the-graphql-api-for-discussions.md +++ b/content/graphql/guides/using-the-graphql-api-for-discussions.md @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ versions: shortTitle: Use GraphQL for Discussions --- -The {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} GraphQL API allows you to get, create, edit, and delete discussion posts. For more information about {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %}, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions)." +The {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} GraphQL API allows you to get, create, edit, and delete discussion posts. For more information about {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %}, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions). -This API is available for authenticated users, {% data variables.product.prodname_oauth_apps %}, and GitHub Apps. Access tokens require the `repo` scope for private repositories and the `public_repo` scope for public repositories. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/apps/oauth-apps/building-oauth-apps/scopes-for-oauth-apps)." +This API is available for authenticated users, {% data variables.product.prodname_oauth_apps %}, and GitHub Apps. Access tokens require the `repo` scope for private repositories and the `public_repo` scope for public repositories. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/apps/oauth-apps/building-oauth-apps/scopes-for-oauth-apps). ## Fields @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ enum DiscussionOrderField { ### Repository.discussionCategories -Return the available discussion categories defined within this repository. Each repository may have up to 25 categories. For more information about discussion categories, see "[AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions#about-categories-and-formats-for-discussions)." +Return the available discussion categories defined within this repository. Each repository may have up to 25 categories. For more information about discussion categories, see [AUTOTITLE](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions#about-categories-and-formats-for-discussions). _Signature:_ @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ pinnedDiscussions( ## Objects -**Note:** For brevity, connection types are not expanded here. Each connection type mentioned in the schema follows the same pattern as other connections in the GraphQL API. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/introduction-to-graphql#connection)." +**Note:** For brevity, connection types are not expanded here. Each connection type mentioned in the schema follows the same pattern as other connections in the GraphQL API. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/introduction-to-graphql#connection). ```graphql query { @@ -1091,4 +1091,4 @@ Return type fields: ## Search -Discussion may be returned from the top-level `search` field. To search for discussion, specify `type` as `DISCUSSION`. The `SearchResultItemConnection` type has a `discussionCount` field to report the number of returned discussions, and the `Discussion` type is added to the `SearchResultItem` union. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/graphql/reference/queries#searchresultitemconnection)" and "[AUTOTITLE](/search-github/searching-on-github/searching-discussions)." +Discussion may be returned from the top-level `search` field. To search for discussion, specify `type` as `DISCUSSION`. The `SearchResultItemConnection` type has a `discussionCount` field to report the number of returned discussions, and the `Discussion` type is added to the `SearchResultItem` union. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/graphql/reference/queries#searchresultitemconnection) and [AUTOTITLE](/search-github/searching-on-github/searching-discussions). diff --git a/content/graphql/overview/about-the-graphql-api.md b/content/graphql/overview/about-the-graphql-api.md index d9ad0aba3430..cf055f2cec77 100644 --- a/content/graphql/overview/about-the-graphql-api.md +++ b/content/graphql/overview/about-the-graphql-api.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Here are some quick links to get you up and running with the GraphQL API: * [Rate limits](/graphql/overview/resource-limitations) * [Migrating from REST](/graphql/guides/migrating-from-rest-to-graphql) -For more information about {% data variables.product.company_short %}'s APIs, see "[AUTOTITLE](/rest/overview/about-githubs-apis)." +For more information about {% data variables.product.company_short %}'s APIs, see [AUTOTITLE](/rest/overview/about-githubs-apis). ## About GraphQL diff --git a/content/graphql/overview/explorer.md b/content/graphql/overview/explorer.md index 9879809723e1..48ae0f44dcda 100644 --- a/content/graphql/overview/explorer.md +++ b/content/graphql/overview/explorer.md @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ topics: autogenerated: graphql --- -For more information about how to use the explorer, see "[AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/using-the-explorer)." +For more information about how to use the explorer, see [AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/using-the-explorer). {% ifversion ghec %} diff --git a/content/graphql/overview/rate-limits-and-node-limits-for-the-graphql-api.md b/content/graphql/overview/rate-limits-and-node-limits-for-the-graphql-api.md index 38824ab95084..deebb242896a 100644 --- a/content/graphql/overview/rate-limits-and-node-limits-for-the-graphql-api.md +++ b/content/graphql/overview/rate-limits-and-node-limits-for-the-graphql-api.md @@ -135,15 +135,15 @@ These two examples show how to calculate the total nodes in a call. Rate limits are disabled by default for {% data variables.product.product_name %}. Contact your site administrator to confirm the rate limits for your instance. -If you are a site administrator, you can set rate limits for your instance. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/configuration/configuring-user-applications-for-your-enterprise/configuring-rate-limits)." +If you are a site administrator, you can set rate limits for your instance. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/admin/configuration/configuring-user-applications-for-your-enterprise/configuring-rate-limits). -If you are developing an app for users or organizations outside of your instance, the standard {% data variables.product.github %} rate limits apply. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/free-pro-team@latest/graphql/overview/resource-limitations)" in the {% data variables.product.prodname_free_user %} documentation. +If you are developing an app for users or organizations outside of your instance, the standard {% data variables.product.github %} rate limits apply. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/free-pro-team@latest/graphql/overview/resource-limitations) in the {% data variables.product.prodname_free_user %} documentation. {% else %} The GraphQL API assigns points to each query and limits the points that you can use within a specific amount of time. This limit helps prevent abuse and denial-of-service attacks, and ensures that the API remains available for all users. -The REST API also has a separate primary rate limit. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/rest/overview/rate-limits-for-the-rest-api)." +The REST API also has a separate primary rate limit. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/rest/overview/rate-limits-for-the-rest-api). In general, you can calculate your primary rate limit for the GraphQL API based on your method of authentication: @@ -274,11 +274,11 @@ Continuing to make requests while you are rate limited may result in the banning To avoid exceeding a rate limit, you should pause at least 1 second between mutative requests and avoid concurrent requests. -You should also subscribe to webhook events instead of polling the API for data. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/webhooks)." +You should also subscribe to webhook events instead of polling the API for data. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/webhooks). {% ifversion audit-log-streaming %} -You can also stream the audit log in order to view API requests. This can help you troubleshoot integrations that are exceeding the rate limit. For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/admin/monitoring-activity-in-your-enterprise/reviewing-audit-logs-for-your-enterprise/streaming-the-audit-log-for-your-enterprise)." +You can also stream the audit log in order to view API requests. This can help you troubleshoot integrations that are exceeding the rate limit. For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/admin/monitoring-activity-in-your-enterprise/reviewing-audit-logs-for-your-enterprise/streaming-the-audit-log-for-your-enterprise). {% endif %} diff --git a/content/graphql/reference/enums.md b/content/graphql/reference/enums.md index 3b023709023b..14eec69fa811 100644 --- a/content/graphql/reference/enums.md +++ b/content/graphql/reference/enums.md @@ -19,6 +19,6 @@ autogenerated: graphql For example, the [`Issue`](/graphql/reference/objects#issue) object has a field called `state`. The state is an enum (specifically, of type [`IssueState`](/graphql/reference/enums#issuestate)) because it may be `OPEN` or `CLOSED`. -For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/introduction-to-graphql)." +For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/introduction-to-graphql). diff --git a/content/graphql/reference/input-objects.md b/content/graphql/reference/input-objects.md index 8ffb9f522ed3..4954ba360e70 100644 --- a/content/graphql/reference/input-objects.md +++ b/content/graphql/reference/input-objects.md @@ -19,6 +19,6 @@ autogenerated: graphql For example, [`CommitAuthor`](/graphql/reference/input-objects#commitauthor) takes a field called `emails`. Providing a value for `emails` transforms `CommitAuthor` into a list of `User` objects containing that email address. Note that [objects](/graphql/reference/objects) **may** have input objects, whereas [mutations](/graphql/reference/mutations) **require** input objects. -For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/forming-calls-with-graphql#about-mutations)." +For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/forming-calls-with-graphql#about-mutations). diff --git a/content/graphql/reference/interfaces.md b/content/graphql/reference/interfaces.md index 5dd3abc10e39..854fe4bad8dc 100644 --- a/content/graphql/reference/interfaces.md +++ b/content/graphql/reference/interfaces.md @@ -19,6 +19,6 @@ autogenerated: graphql For example, [`Lockable`](/graphql/reference/interfaces#lockable) is an interface because both [`Issue`](/graphql/reference/objects#issue) and [`PullRequest`](/graphql/reference/objects#pullrequest) objects can be locked. An interface has its own list of named fields that are shared by implementing objects. -For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/introduction-to-graphql#implementation)." +For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/introduction-to-graphql#implementation). diff --git a/content/graphql/reference/mutations.md b/content/graphql/reference/mutations.md index ca3443117bd5..5172b04b7716 100644 --- a/content/graphql/reference/mutations.md +++ b/content/graphql/reference/mutations.md @@ -17,6 +17,6 @@ autogenerated: graphql Every GraphQL schema has a root type for both queries and mutations. The [mutation type](https://spec.graphql.org/June2018/#sec-Type-System) defines GraphQL operations that change data on the server. It is analogous to performing HTTP verbs such as `POST`, `PATCH`, and `DELETE`. -For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/forming-calls-with-graphql#about-mutations)." +For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/forming-calls-with-graphql#about-mutations). diff --git a/content/graphql/reference/objects.md b/content/graphql/reference/objects.md index 5683305241ea..7f9deddef6d8 100644 --- a/content/graphql/reference/objects.md +++ b/content/graphql/reference/objects.md @@ -19,6 +19,6 @@ autogenerated: graphql For example, the [`Repository`](/graphql/reference/objects#repository) object has a field called `name`, which is a `String`. -For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/introduction-to-graphql)." +For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/introduction-to-graphql). diff --git a/content/graphql/reference/queries.md b/content/graphql/reference/queries.md index 69985f7c2b61..0f31922c25fa 100644 --- a/content/graphql/reference/queries.md +++ b/content/graphql/reference/queries.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ autogenerated: graphql Every GraphQL schema has a root type for both queries and mutations. The [query type](https://spec.graphql.org/June2018/#sec-Type-System) defines GraphQL operations that retrieve data from the server. -For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/forming-calls-with-graphql#about-queries)." +For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/forming-calls-with-graphql#about-queries). > [!NOTE] > For {% data variables.product.prodname_github_app %} requests made with user access tokens, you should use separate queries for issues and pull requests. For example, use the `is:issue` or `is:pull-request` filters and their equivalents. Using the `search` connection to return a combination of issues and pull requests in a single query will result in an empty set of nodes. diff --git a/content/graphql/reference/scalars.md b/content/graphql/reference/scalars.md index 6324eb968650..305bcf8ee140 100644 --- a/content/graphql/reference/scalars.md +++ b/content/graphql/reference/scalars.md @@ -19,6 +19,6 @@ autogenerated: graphql When calling the GraphQL API, you must specify nested subfields until you return only scalars. -For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/introduction-to-graphql#field)." +For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/introduction-to-graphql#field). diff --git a/content/graphql/reference/unions.md b/content/graphql/reference/unions.md index 876e279c85fa..d679c6373f05 100644 --- a/content/graphql/reference/unions.md +++ b/content/graphql/reference/unions.md @@ -19,6 +19,6 @@ A [union](https://spec.graphql.org/June2018/#sec-Unions) is a type of object rep For example, a field marked as an [`ProjectCardItem`](/graphql/reference/unions#projectcarditem) could be an [`Issue`](/graphql/reference/objects#issue) or a [`PullRequest`](/graphql/reference/objects#pullrequest) because each of those objects can be inside a project card. Using a union instead of an object gives you flexibility. -For more information, see "[AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/introduction-to-graphql)." +For more information, see [AUTOTITLE](/graphql/guides/introduction-to-graphql).